Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

Download as
Browse Code ยป

Commit e61a7534e33063a76e105d895e5c6317f2d0cd76

Authored by York Sun
1 parent 3a592a1349
Exists in v2017.01-smarct4x and in 25 other branches 8qm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.70_2.3.0, emb_lf_v2022.04, pitx_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc-8m-android-10.0.0_2.6.0, smarc-8m-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-8mp-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-imx6_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.88_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_o8.1.0_1.3.0_8m, smarc-imx_v2018.03_4.14.78_1.0.0_ga, smarc-n7.1.2_2.0.0-ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8m_00d0-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8mm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc_8mq-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mq_lf_v2020.04, v2017.01-smarct3x, v2017.01-smarct3x-emmc

armv8: Move secure_ram variable out of generic global data 

Secure_ram variable was put in generic global data. But only ARMv8
uses this variable. Move it to ARM specific data structure.

Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>

Showing 11 changed files with 69 additions and 63 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 Summary: 8 Summary:
9 ======== 9 ========
10 10
11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15 code. 15 code.
16 16
17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
20 support booting of Linux images. 20 support booting of Linux images.
21 21
22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27 load and run it dynamically. 27 load and run it dynamically.
28 28
29 29
30 Status: 30 Status:
31 ======= 31 =======
32 32
33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36 36
37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed 37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38 the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files 38 the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39 scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or 39 scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40 companies responsible for various boards and subsystems. 40 companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
41 41
42 Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the 42 Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43 actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically 43 actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44 from the Git log using: 44 from the Git log using:
45 45
46 make CHANGELOG 46 make CHANGELOG
47 47
48 48
49 Where to get help: 49 Where to get help:
50 ================== 50 ==================
51 51
52 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 52 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
53 U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 53 U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
54 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 54 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 55 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 56 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 57 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
58 58
59 59
60 Where to get source code: 60 Where to get source code:
61 ========================= 61 =========================
62 62
63 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at 63 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
64 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 64 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 65 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66 66
67 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 67 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
68 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 68 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
69 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 69 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70 directory. 70 directory.
71 71
72 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 72 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
73 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 73 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74 74
75 75
76 Where we come from: 76 Where we come from:
77 =================== 77 ===================
78 78
79 - start from 8xxrom sources 79 - start from 8xxrom sources
80 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 80 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
81 - clean up code 81 - clean up code
82 - make it easier to add custom boards 82 - make it easier to add custom boards
83 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 83 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84 - extend functions, especially: 84 - extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download 86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot 87 * network boot
88 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 88 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
89 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 89 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
90 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 90 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
91 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 91 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
92 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 92 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
93 93
94 94
95 Names and Spelling: 95 Names and Spelling:
96 =================== 96 ===================
97 97
98 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 98 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 99 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100 in source files etc.). Example: 100 in source files etc.). Example:
101 101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103 103
104 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 104 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105 105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107 107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109 109
110 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 110 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 111 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112 112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
115 115
116 116
117 Versioning: 117 Versioning:
118 =========== 118 ===========
119 119
120 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 120 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 121 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 122 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 123 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 124 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 125 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
126 126
127 Examples: 127 Examples:
128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
131 131
132 132
133 Directory Hierarchy: 133 Directory Hierarchy:
134 ==================== 134 ====================
135 135
136 /arch Architecture specific files 136 /arch Architecture specific files
137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture 137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture 146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox" 148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
152 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 152 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153 /board Board dependent files 153 /board Board dependent files
154 /common Misc architecture independent functions 154 /common Misc architecture independent functions
155 /configs Board default configuration files 155 /configs Board default configuration files
156 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 156 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
157 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 157 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
158 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 158 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
159 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. 159 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
160 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 160 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
161 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 161 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
162 /include Header Files 162 /include Header Files
163 /lib Library routines generic to all architectures 163 /lib Library routines generic to all architectures
164 /Licenses Various license files 164 /Licenses Various license files
165 /net Networking code 165 /net Networking code
166 /post Power On Self Test 166 /post Power On Self Test
167 /scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles 167 /scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
168 /test Various unit test files 168 /test Various unit test files
169 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 169 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
170 170
171 Software Configuration: 171 Software Configuration:
172 ======================= 172 =======================
173 173
174 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 174 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
175 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 175 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
176 176
177 There are two classes of configuration variables: 177 There are two classes of configuration variables:
178 178
179 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 179 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
180 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 180 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
181 "CONFIG_". 181 "CONFIG_".
182 182
183 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 183 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
184 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 184 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
185 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 185 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
186 "CONFIG_SYS_". 186 "CONFIG_SYS_".
187 187
188 Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating 188 Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
189 symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently, 189 symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
190 U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel, 190 U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
191 allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your 191 allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
192 build. 192 build.
193 193
194 194
195 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 195 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
196 --------------------------------------------------- 196 ---------------------------------------------------
197 197
198 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 198 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
199 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig". 199 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
200 200
201 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 201 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
202 202
203 cd u-boot 203 cd u-boot
204 make TQM823L_defconfig 204 make TQM823L_defconfig
205 205
206 Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board 206 Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
207 you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file 207 you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
208 doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards. 208 doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
209 209
210 Sandbox Environment: 210 Sandbox Environment:
211 -------------------- 211 --------------------
212 212
213 U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' 213 U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
214 board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- 214 board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
215 specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to 215 specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
216 run some of U-Boot's tests. 216 run some of U-Boot's tests.
217 217
218 See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. 218 See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
219 219
220 220
221 Board Initialisation Flow: 221 Board Initialisation Flow:
222 -------------------------- 222 --------------------------
223 223
224 This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both 224 This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
225 SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). 225 SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
226 226
227 Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in 227 Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
228 more detail later in this file. 228 more detail later in this file.
229 229
230 At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names 230 At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
231 and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures 231 and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
232 may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use 232 may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
233 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this. 233 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
234 234
235 Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly 235 Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
236 CPU-specific) start.S file, such as: 236 CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
237 237
238 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S 238 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
239 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S 239 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
240 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S 240 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
241 241
242 and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and 242 and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
243 limitations of each of these functions are described below. 243 limitations of each of these functions are described below.
244 244
245 lowlevel_init(): 245 lowlevel_init():
246 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f() 246 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
247 - no global_data or BSS 247 - no global_data or BSS
248 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed) 248 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
249 - must not set up SDRAM or use console 249 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
250 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to 250 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
251 board_init_f() 251 board_init_f()
252 - this is almost never needed 252 - this is almost never needed
253 - return normally from this function 253 - return normally from this function
254 254
255 board_init_f(): 255 board_init_f():
256 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r(): 256 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
257 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART 257 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
258 - global_data is available 258 - global_data is available
259 - stack is in SRAM 259 - stack is in SRAM
260 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables, 260 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
261 only stack variables and global_data 261 only stack variables and global_data
262 262
263 Non-SPL-specific notes: 263 Non-SPL-specific notes:
264 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this 264 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
265 can do nothing 265 can do nothing
266 266
267 SPL-specific notes: 267 SPL-specific notes:
268 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own 268 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
269 version as needed. 269 version as needed.
270 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis 270 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
271 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work 271 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
272 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S 272 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
273 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r() 273 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
274 directly) 274 directly)
275 275
276 Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at 276 Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
277 this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below 277 this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
278 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of 278 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
279 memory. 279 memory.
280 280
281 board_init_r(): 281 board_init_r():
282 - purpose: main execution, common code 282 - purpose: main execution, common code
283 - global_data is available 283 - global_data is available
284 - SDRAM is available 284 - SDRAM is available
285 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used 285 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
286 - execution eventually continues to main_loop() 286 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
287 287
288 Non-SPL-specific notes: 288 Non-SPL-specific notes:
289 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from 289 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
290 there. 290 there.
291 291
292 SPL-specific notes: 292 SPL-specific notes:
293 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and 293 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
294 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM 294 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
295 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is 295 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
296 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a 296 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
297 spl_board_init() function containing this call 297 spl_board_init() function containing this call
298 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux 298 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
299 299
300 300
301 301
302 Configuration Options: 302 Configuration Options:
303 ---------------------- 303 ----------------------
304 304
305 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 305 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
306 such information is kept in a configuration file 306 such information is kept in a configuration file
307 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 307 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
308 308
309 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 309 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
310 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 310 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
311 311
312 312
313 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 313 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
314 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 314 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
315 build a config tool - later. 315 build a config tool - later.
316 316
317 317
318 The following options need to be configured: 318 The following options need to be configured:
319 319
320 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 320 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
321 321
322 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 322 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
323 323
324 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 324 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
325 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 325 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
326 326
327 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 327 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
328 Define exactly one of 328 Define exactly one of
329 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 329 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
330 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 330 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
331 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 331 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
332 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 332 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
333 333
334 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 334 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
335 Define exactly one of 335 Define exactly one of
336 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 336 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
337 337
338 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 338 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
339 Define one or more of 339 Define one or more of
340 CONFIG_CMA302 340 CONFIG_CMA302
341 341
342 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 342 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
343 Define one or more of 343 Define one or more of
344 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 344 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
345 the LCD display every second with 345 the LCD display every second with
346 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 346 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
347 347
348 - Marvell Family Member 348 - Marvell Family Member
349 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 349 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
350 multiple fs option at one time 350 multiple fs option at one time
351 for marvell soc family 351 for marvell soc family
352 352
353 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 353 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
354 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 354 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
355 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 355 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
356 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 356 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
357 reference PIT/RTC clock 357 reference PIT/RTC clock
358 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 358 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
359 or XTAL/EXTAL) 359 or XTAL/EXTAL)
360 360
361 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 361 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
362 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 362 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
363 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 363 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
364 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 364 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
365 See doc/README.MPC866 365 See doc/README.MPC866
366 366
367 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 367 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
368 368
369 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 369 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
370 of relying on the correctness of the configured 370 of relying on the correctness of the configured
371 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 371 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
372 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 372 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
373 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 373 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
374 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 374 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
375 375
376 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 376 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
377 377
378 Define this option if you want to enable the 378 Define this option if you want to enable the
379 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 379 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
380 380
381 - 85xx CPU Options: 381 - 85xx CPU Options:
382 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 382 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
383 383
384 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 384 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
385 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 385 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
386 compliance, among other possible reasons. 386 compliance, among other possible reasons.
387 387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
389 389
390 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 390 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
391 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 391 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
392 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 392 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
393 393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
395 395
396 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 396 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
397 tree nodes for the given platform. 397 tree nodes for the given platform.
398 398
399 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 399 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
400 400
401 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 401 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
402 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 402 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
403 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 403 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
404 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 404 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
405 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 405 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
406 purpose. 406 purpose.
407 407
408 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 408 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
409 409
410 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 410 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
411 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 411 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
413 413
414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
416 416
417 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 417 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
418 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 418 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
419 419
420 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 420 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
421 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 421 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
422 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 422 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
423 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 423 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
424 424
425 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 425 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
426 this erratum. 426 this erratum.
427 427
428 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 428 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
429 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 429 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
430 required during NOR boot. 430 required during NOR boot.
431 431
432 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND 432 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
433 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only 433 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
434 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision 434 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
435 435
436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
437 437
438 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 438 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
439 according to the A004510 workaround. 439 according to the A004510 workaround.
440 440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR 441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
442 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is 442 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
443 connected exclusively to the DSP cores. 443 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
444 444
445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
446 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 446 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
447 which is directly connected to the DSP core. 447 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
448 448
449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR 449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
450 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly 450 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
451 connected to the DSP core. 451 connected to the DSP core.
452 452
453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
454 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 454 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
455 455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
457 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. 457 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
458 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply 458 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
459 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. 459 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
460 460
461 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F 461 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
462 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the 462 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
463 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. 463 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
464 464
465 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP 465 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
466 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is 466 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
467 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. 467 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
468 468
469 - Generic CPU options: 469 - Generic CPU options:
470 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA 470 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
471 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). 471 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
472 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in 472 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
473 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board 473 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
474 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). 474 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
475 475
476 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 476 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
477 477
478 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 478 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
479 values is arch specific. 479 values is arch specific.
480 480
481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR 481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
482 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is 482 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
483 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core 483 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
484 SoCs. 484 SoCs.
485 485
486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR 486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
487 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. 487 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
488 488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU 489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
490 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as 490 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
491 deskew training are not available. 491 deskew training are not available.
492 492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
494 Freescale DDR1 controller. 494 Freescale DDR1 controller.
495 495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
497 Freescale DDR2 controller. 497 Freescale DDR2 controller.
498 498
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
500 Freescale DDR3 controller. 500 Freescale DDR3 controller.
501 501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
503 Freescale DDR4 controller. 503 Freescale DDR4 controller.
504 504
505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
506 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. 506 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
507 507
508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
509 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with 509 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
510 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board 510 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
511 implemetation. 511 implemetation.
512 512
513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
514 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with 514 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
515 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board 515 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
516 implementation. 516 implementation.
517 517
518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
519 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with 519 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
520 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. 520 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
521 521
522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L 522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
523 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with 523 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
524 DDR3L controllers. 524 DDR3L controllers.
525 525
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
527 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with 527 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
528 DDR4 controllers. 528 DDR4 controllers.
529 529
530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE 530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
531 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian 531 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
532 532
533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE 533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
534 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian 534 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
535 535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI 536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
537 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. 537 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
538 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 538 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
539 539
540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW 540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
541 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. 541 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
542 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. 542 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
543 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 543 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
544 544
545 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL 545 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
546 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format 546 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
547 concatenated with u-boot binary. 547 concatenated with u-boot binary.
548 548
549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE 549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
550 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian 550 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
551 551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE 552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
553 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian 553 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
554 554
555 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY 555 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
556 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the 556 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
557 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But 557 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
558 it could be different for ARM SoCs. 558 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
559 559
560 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B 560 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
561 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special 561 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
562 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape 562 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
563 SoCs with ARM core. 563 SoCs with ARM core.
564 564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS 565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
566 Number of controllers used as main memory. 566 Number of controllers used as main memory.
567 567
568 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS 568 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
569 Number of controllers used for other than main memory. 569 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
570 570
571 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 571 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
572 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA. 572 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
573 573
574 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 574 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
575 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian 575 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
576 576
577 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE 577 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
578 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian 578 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
579 579
580 - Intel Monahans options: 580 - Intel Monahans options:
581 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 581 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
582 582
583 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 583 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
584 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 584 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
585 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 585 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
586 586
587 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 587 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
588 588
589 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 589 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
590 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 590 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
591 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 591 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
592 by this value. 592 by this value.
593 593
594 - MIPS CPU options: 594 - MIPS CPU options:
595 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 595 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
596 596
597 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 597 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
598 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 598 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
599 relocation. 599 relocation.
600 600
601 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 601 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
602 602
603 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 603 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
604 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 604 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
605 Possible values are: 605 Possible values are:
606 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 606 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
607 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 607 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
608 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 608 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
609 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 609 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
610 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 610 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
611 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 611 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
612 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 612 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
613 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 613 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
614 614
615 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 615 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
616 616
617 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 617 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
618 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 618 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
619 619
620 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 620 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
621 621
622 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 622 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
623 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 623 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
624 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 624 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
625 625
626 - ARM options: 626 - ARM options:
627 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 627 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
628 628
629 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 629 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
630 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 630 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
631 631
632 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 632 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
633 633
634 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 634 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
635 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 635 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
636 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 636 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
637 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 637 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
638 GCC. 638 GCC.
639 639
640 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 640 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
641 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 641 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
642 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 642 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
643 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 643 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
644 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 644 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
645 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022 645 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
646 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769 646 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
647 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 647 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
648 648
649 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 649 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
650 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 650 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
651 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 651 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
652 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 652 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
653 set these options unless they apply! 653 set these options unless they apply!
654 654
655 COUNTER_FREQUENCY 655 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
656 Generic timer clock source frequency. 656 Generic timer clock source frequency.
657 657
658 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL 658 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
659 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is 659 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
660 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined 660 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
661 at run time. 661 at run time.
662 662
663 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These 663 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
664 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine 664 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
665 specific checks, but expect no product checks. 665 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
666 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973 666 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
667 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179 667 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
668 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766 668 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
669 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870 669 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
670 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819 670 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
671 671
672 - Tegra SoC options: 672 - Tegra SoC options:
673 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE 673 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
674 674
675 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain 675 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
676 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode, 676 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
677 such as ARM architectural timer initialization. 677 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
678 678
679 - Linux Kernel Interface: 679 - Linux Kernel Interface:
680 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 680 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
681 681
682 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 682 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
683 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 683 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
684 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 684 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
685 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 685 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
686 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 686 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
687 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 687 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
688 Linux kernel. 688 Linux kernel.
689 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 689 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
690 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 690 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
691 default environment. 691 default environment.
692 692
693 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 693 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
694 694
695 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions 695 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
696 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 696 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
697 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 697 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
698 698
699 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 699 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
700 700
701 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 701 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
702 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 702 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
703 concepts). 703 concepts).
704 704
705 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 705 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
706 * New libfdt-based support 706 * New libfdt-based support
707 * Adds the "fdt" command 707 * Adds the "fdt" command
708 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 708 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
709 709
710 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 710 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
711 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 711 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
712 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 712 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
713 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 713 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
714 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 714 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
715 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 715 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
716 716
717 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 717 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
718 addresses 718 addresses
719 719
720 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 720 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
721 721
722 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 722 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
723 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 723 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
724 724
725 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP 725 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
726 726
727 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make 727 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
728 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel. 728 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
729 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting 729 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
730 the kernel. 730 the kernel.
731 731
732 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 732 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
733 733
734 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 734 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
735 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 735 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
736 736
737 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 737 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
738 738
739 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 739 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
740 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 740 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
741 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 741 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
742 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 742 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
743 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 743 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
744 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 744 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
745 745
746 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 746 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
747 747
748 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 748 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
749 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 749 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
750 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 750 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
751 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 751 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
752 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 752 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
753 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 753 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
754 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 754 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
755 755
756 - vxWorks boot parameters: 756 - vxWorks boot parameters:
757 757
758 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 758 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
759 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask, 759 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
760 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs. 760 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
761 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 761 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
762 762
763 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 763 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
764 the defaults discussed just above. 764 the defaults discussed just above.
765 765
766 - Cache Configuration: 766 - Cache Configuration:
767 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 767 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
768 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 768 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
769 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 769 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
770 770
771 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 771 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
772 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 772 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
773 controller 773 controller
774 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 774 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
775 controller register space 775 controller register space
776 776
777 - Serial Ports: 777 - Serial Ports:
778 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 778 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
779 779
780 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 780 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
781 781
782 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 782 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
783 783
784 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 784 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
785 785
786 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 786 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
787 787
788 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 788 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
789 the clock speed of the UARTs. 789 the clock speed of the UARTs.
790 790
791 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 791 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
792 792
793 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 793 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
794 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 794 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
795 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 795 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
796 796
797 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL 797 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
798 798
799 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. 799 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
800 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver 800 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
801 801
802 - Console Interface: 802 - Console Interface:
803 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 803 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
804 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 804 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
805 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 805 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
806 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 806 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
807 807
808 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 808 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
809 port routines must be defined elsewhere 809 port routines must be defined elsewhere
810 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 810 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
811 811
812 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 812 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
813 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 813 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
814 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 814 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
815 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 815 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
816 (default big endian) 816 (default big endian)
817 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 817 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
818 rectangle fill 818 rectangle fill
819 (cf. smiLynxEM) 819 (cf. smiLynxEM)
820 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 820 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
821 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 821 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
822 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 822 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
823 (cols=pitch) 823 (cols=pitch)
824 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 824 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
825 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 825 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
826 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 826 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
827 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 827 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
828 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 828 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
829 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 829 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
830 (i.e. rx51_kp_init()) 830 (i.e. rx51_kp_init())
831 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 831 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
832 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc) 832 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc)
833 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 833 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
834 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc) 834 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc)
835 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 835 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
836 upper left corner 836 upper left corner
837 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 837 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
838 linux_logo.h for logo. 838 linux_logo.h for logo.
839 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 839 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
840 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 840 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
841 additional board info beside 841 additional board info beside
842 the logo 842 the logo
843 843
844 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 844 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
845 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 845 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
846 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 846 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
847 847
848 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 848 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
849 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 849 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
850 environment 'console=serial'. 850 environment 'console=serial'.
851 851
852 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 852 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
853 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 853 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
854 the "silent" environment variable. See 854 the "silent" environment variable. See
855 doc/README.silent for more information. 855 doc/README.silent for more information.
856 856
857 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default 857 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
858 is 0x00. 858 is 0x00.
859 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default 859 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
860 is 0xa0. 860 is 0xa0.
861 861
862 - Console Baudrate: 862 - Console Baudrate:
863 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 863 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
864 Select one of the baudrates listed in 864 Select one of the baudrates listed in
865 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 865 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
866 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 866 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
867 867
868 - Console Rx buffer length 868 - Console Rx buffer length
869 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 869 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
870 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 870 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
871 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 871 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
872 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 872 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
873 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 873 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
874 the SMC. 874 the SMC.
875 875
876 - Pre-Console Buffer: 876 - Pre-Console Buffer:
877 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 877 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
878 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 878 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
879 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 879 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
880 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 880 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
881 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 881 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
882 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 882 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
883 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 883 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
884 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 884 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
885 earlier bytes are discarded. 885 earlier bytes are discarded.
886 886
887 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the 887 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
888 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack. 888 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
889 889
890 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 890 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
891 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 891 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
892 892
893 - Autoboot Command: 893 - Autoboot Command:
894 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 894 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
895 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 895 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
896 define a command string that is automatically executed 896 define a command string that is automatically executed
897 when no character is read on the console interface 897 when no character is read on the console interface
898 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 898 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
899 899
900 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 900 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
901 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 901 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
902 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 902 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
903 environment value "bootargs". 903 environment value "bootargs".
904 904
905 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 905 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
906 The value of these goes into the environment as 906 The value of these goes into the environment as
907 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 907 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
908 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 908 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
909 RAM and NFS. 909 RAM and NFS.
910 910
911 - Bootcount: 911 - Bootcount:
912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
913 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot 913 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
914 cycle, see: 914 cycle, see:
915 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 915 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
916 916
917 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV 917 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
918 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware 918 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
919 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a 919 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
920 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable 920 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
921 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is 921 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
922 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is 922 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
923 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. 923 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
924 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" 924 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
925 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. 925 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
926 926
927 - Pre-Boot Commands: 927 - Pre-Boot Commands:
928 CONFIG_PREBOOT 928 CONFIG_PREBOOT
929 929
930 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 930 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
931 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 931 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
932 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 932 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
933 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 933 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
934 entering interactive mode. 934 entering interactive mode.
935 935
936 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 936 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
937 automatically generated or modified. For an example 937 automatically generated or modified. For an example
938 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 938 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
939 modified when the user holds down a certain 939 modified when the user holds down a certain
940 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 940 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
941 booting the systems 941 booting the systems
942 942
943 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 943 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
944 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 944 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
945 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 945 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
946 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 946 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
947 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 947 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
948 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 948 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
949 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 949 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
950 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 950 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
951 951
952 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 952 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
953 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 953 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
954 Select one of the baudrates listed in 954 Select one of the baudrates listed in
955 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 955 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
956 956
957 - Monitor Functions: 957 - Monitor Functions:
958 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 958 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
959 from the build by using the #include files 959 from the build by using the #include files
960 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 960 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
961 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands. 961 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
962 962
963 The default command configuration includes all commands 963 The default command configuration includes all commands
964 except those marked below with a "*". 964 except those marked below with a "*".
965 965
966 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt 966 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
967 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 967 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
968 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 968 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
969 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 969 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
970 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 970 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
971 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 971 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
972 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 972 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
973 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support 973 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
974 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 974 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
975 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support 975 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
976 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 976 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
977 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 977 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
978 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 978 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
979 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 979 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
980 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 980 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
981 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 981 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
982 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 982 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
983 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 983 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
984 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 984 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
985 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 985 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
986 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 986 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
987 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 987 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
988 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 988 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
989 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands 989 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
990 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 990 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
991 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 991 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
992 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 992 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
993 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable 993 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
994 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 994 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
995 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 995 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
996 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 996 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
997 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) 997 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
998 that work for multiple fs types 998 that work for multiple fs types
999 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID 999 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
1000 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 1000 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
1001 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 1001 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
1002 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 1002 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
1003 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 1003 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1004 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 1004 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
1005 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 1005 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 1006 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
1007 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 1007 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
1008 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 1008 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
1009 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 1009 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
1010 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 1010 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1011 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 1011 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1012 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 1012 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
1013 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 1013 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
1014 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 1014 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
1015 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 1015 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging 1016 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
1017 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 1017 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
1018 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 1018 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
1019 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 1019 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1020 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 1020 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1021 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 1021 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1022 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 1022 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
1023 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 1023 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
1024 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 1024 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1025 (169.254.*.*) 1025 (169.254.*.*)
1026 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 1026 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1027 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 1027 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
1028 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 1028 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
1029 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 1029 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
1030 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 1030 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
1031 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 1031 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
1032 loop, loopw 1032 loop, loopw
1033 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 1033 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
1034 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 1034 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1035 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 1035 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1036 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 1036 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
1037 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 1037 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
1038 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 1038 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 1039 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
1040 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 1040 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
1041 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 1041 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
1042 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 1042 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
1043 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 1043 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1044 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 1044 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1045 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 1045 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1046 host 1046 host
1047 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 1047 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
1048 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 1048 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
1049 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 1049 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1050 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 1050 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
1051 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 1051 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
1052 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 1052 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1053 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support 1053 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
1054 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 1054 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1055 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 1055 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1056 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 1056 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1057 (4xx only) 1057 (4xx only)
1058 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 1058 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
1059 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 1059 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
1060 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 1060 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
1061 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 1061 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
1062 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 1062 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
1063 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 1063 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
1064 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 1064 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1065 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 1065 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
1066 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 1066 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1067 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 1067 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
1068 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 1068 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
1069 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 1069 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
1070 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 1070 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
1071 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 1071 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
1072 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string 1072 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
1073 1073
1074 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 1074 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1075 support you can write: 1075 support you can write:
1076 1076
1077 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 1077 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1078 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 1078 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
1079 1079
1080 Other Commands: 1080 Other Commands:
1081 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 1081 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
1082 1082
1083 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 1083 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
1084 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 1084 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
1085 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 1085 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1086 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 1086 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1087 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 1087 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1088 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 1088 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1089 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 1089 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1090 initial stack and some data. 1090 initial stack and some data.
1091 1091
1092 1092
1093 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 1093 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1094 1094
1095 - Removal of commands 1095 - Removal of commands
1096 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable 1096 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
1097 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line 1097 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
1098 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the 1098 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
1099 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command() 1099 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
1100 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very 1100 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
1101 simple boot procedures. 1101 simple boot procedures.
1102 1102
1103 - Regular expression support: 1103 - Regular expression support:
1104 CONFIG_REGEX 1104 CONFIG_REGEX
1105 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 1105 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1106 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 1106 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1107 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 1107 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1108 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 1108 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
1109 1109
1110 - Device tree: 1110 - Device tree:
1111 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 1111 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1112 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 1112 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1113 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 1113 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1114 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 1114 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1115 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 1115 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1116 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 1116 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1117 1117
1118 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 1118 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1119 be done using one of the two options below: 1119 be done using one of the two options below:
1120 1120
1121 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 1121 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1122 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 1122 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1123 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 1123 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1124 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 1124 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1125 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 1125 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1126 the global data structure as gd->blob. 1126 the global data structure as gd->blob.
1127 1127
1128 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 1128 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1129 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 1129 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1130 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 1130 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1131 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 1131 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1132 1132
1133 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 1133 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1134 1134
1135 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 1135 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1136 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 1136 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1137 still use the individual files if you need something more 1137 still use the individual files if you need something more
1138 exotic. 1138 exotic.
1139 1139
1140 - Watchdog: 1140 - Watchdog:
1141 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 1141 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1142 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 1142 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
1143 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 1143 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1144 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 1144 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1145 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 1145 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1146 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 1146 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1147 available, then no further board specific code should 1147 available, then no further board specific code should
1148 be needed to use it. 1148 be needed to use it.
1149 1149
1150 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 1150 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1151 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 1151 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1152 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 1152 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1153 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 1153 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
1154 1154
1155 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT 1155 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1156 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds. 1156 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1157 1157
1158 - U-Boot Version: 1158 - U-Boot Version:
1159 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1159 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1160 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1160 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1161 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1161 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1162 version as printed by the "version" command. 1162 version as printed by the "version" command.
1163 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1163 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1164 next reset. 1164 next reset.
1165 1165
1166 - Real-Time Clock: 1166 - Real-Time Clock:
1167 1167
1168 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1168 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
1169 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1169 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1170 following options: 1170 following options:
1171 1171
1172 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1172 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1173 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1173 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1174 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1174 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1175 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1175 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1176 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1176 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1177 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1177 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1178 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1178 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1179 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC 1179 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
1180 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1180 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1181 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1181 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1182 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1182 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1183 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1183 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1184 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1184 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1185 RV3029 RTC. 1185 RV3029 RTC.
1186 1186
1187 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1187 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1188 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1188 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1189 1189
1190 - GPIO Support: 1190 - GPIO Support:
1191 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1191 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1192 1192
1193 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1193 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1194 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1194 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1195 pins supported by a particular chip. 1195 pins supported by a particular chip.
1196 1196
1197 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1197 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1198 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1198 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1199 1199
1200 - I/O tracing: 1200 - I/O tracing:
1201 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O 1201 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1202 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out 1202 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1203 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is 1203 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1204 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that 1204 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1205 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code 1205 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1206 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To 1206 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1207 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' 1207 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1208 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. 1208 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1209 1209
1210 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. 1210 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1211 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will 1211 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1212 still continue to operate. 1212 still continue to operate.
1213 1213
1214 iotrace is enabled 1214 iotrace is enabled
1215 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) 1215 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1216 Size: 00010000 (buffer size) 1216 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1217 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) 1217 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1218 Output: 10000120 (start + offset) 1218 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1219 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) 1219 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1220 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) 1220 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1221 1221
1222 - Timestamp Support: 1222 - Timestamp Support:
1223 1223
1224 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1224 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1225 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1225 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1226 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1226 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1227 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1227 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1228 1228
1229 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1229 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1230 Zero or more of the following: 1230 Zero or more of the following:
1231 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1231 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1232 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1232 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1233 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1233 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1234 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1234 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1235 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1235 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1236 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1236 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1237 disk/part_efi.c 1237 disk/part_efi.c
1238 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1238 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1239 1239
1240 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1240 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1241 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1241 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1242 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1242 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1243 1243
1244 - IDE Reset method: 1244 - IDE Reset method:
1245 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1245 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1246 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1246 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1247 1247
1248 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1248 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1249 be performed by calling the function 1249 be performed by calling the function
1250 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1250 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1251 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1251 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1252 1252
1253 - ATAPI Support: 1253 - ATAPI Support:
1254 CONFIG_ATAPI 1254 CONFIG_ATAPI
1255 1255
1256 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1256 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1257 1257
1258 - LBA48 Support 1258 - LBA48 Support
1259 CONFIG_LBA48 1259 CONFIG_LBA48
1260 1260
1261 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1261 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1262 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1262 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1263 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1263 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1264 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1264 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1265 1265
1266 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1266 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1267 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1267 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1268 Default is 32bit. 1268 Default is 32bit.
1269 1269
1270 - SCSI Support: 1270 - SCSI Support:
1271 At the moment only there is only support for the 1271 At the moment only there is only support for the
1272 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1272 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1273 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1273 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1274 1274
1275 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1275 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1276 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1276 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1277 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1277 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1278 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1278 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1279 devices. 1279 devices.
1280 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1280 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1281 1281
1282 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1282 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1283 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1283 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1284 1284
1285 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1285 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1286 CONFIG_E1000 1286 CONFIG_E1000
1287 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1287 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1288 1288
1289 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1289 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1290 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1290 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1291 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1291 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1292 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1292 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1293 1293
1294 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1294 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1295 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1295 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1296 example with the "sspi" command. 1296 example with the "sspi" command.
1297 1297
1298 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1298 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1299 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1299 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1300 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1300 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1301 1301
1302 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1302 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1303 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1303 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1304 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1304 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1305 write routine for first time initialisation. 1305 write routine for first time initialisation.
1306 1306
1307 CONFIG_TULIP 1307 CONFIG_TULIP
1308 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1308 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1309 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1309 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1310 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1310 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1311 1311
1312 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1312 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1313 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1313 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1314 1314
1315 CONFIG_NS8382X 1315 CONFIG_NS8382X
1316 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1316 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1317 1317
1318 - NETWORK Support (other): 1318 - NETWORK Support (other):
1319 1319
1320 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1320 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1321 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1321 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1322 1322
1323 CONFIG_RMII 1323 CONFIG_RMII
1324 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1324 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1325 1325
1326 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1326 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1327 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1327 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1328 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1328 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1329 1329
1330 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1330 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1331 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1331 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1332 1332
1333 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1333 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1334 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1334 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1335 1335
1336 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1336 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1337 Define this to hold the physical address 1337 Define this to hold the physical address
1338 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1338 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1339 1339
1340 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1340 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1341 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1341 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1342 1342
1343 CONFIG_SMC91111 1343 CONFIG_SMC91111
1344 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1344 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1345 1345
1346 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1346 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1347 Define this to hold the physical address 1347 Define this to hold the physical address
1348 of the device (I/O space) 1348 of the device (I/O space)
1349 1349
1350 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1350 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1351 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1351 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1352 1352
1353 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1353 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1354 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1354 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1355 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1355 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1356 1356
1357 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1357 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1358 Support for davinci emac 1358 Support for davinci emac
1359 1359
1360 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1360 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1361 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1361 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1362 1362
1363 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1363 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1364 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1364 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1365 1365
1366 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1366 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1367 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1367 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1368 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1368 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1369 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1369 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1370 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1370 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1371 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1371 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1372 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1372 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1373 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1373 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1374 1374
1375 CONFIG_SMC911X 1375 CONFIG_SMC911X
1376 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1376 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1377 1377
1378 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1378 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1379 Define this to hold the physical address 1379 Define this to hold the physical address
1380 of the device (I/O space) 1380 of the device (I/O space)
1381 1381
1382 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1382 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1383 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1383 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1384 1384
1385 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1385 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1386 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1386 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1387 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1387 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1388 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1388 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1389 1389
1390 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1390 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1391 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1391 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1392 1392
1393 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1393 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1394 Define the number of ports to be used 1394 Define the number of ports to be used
1395 1395
1396 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1396 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1397 Define the ETH PHY's address 1397 Define the ETH PHY's address
1398 1398
1399 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1399 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1400 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1400 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1401 1401
1402 - PWM Support: 1402 - PWM Support:
1403 CONFIG_PWM_IMX 1403 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1404 Support for PWM modul on the imx6. 1404 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1405 1405
1406 - TPM Support: 1406 - TPM Support:
1407 CONFIG_TPM 1407 CONFIG_TPM
1408 Support TPM devices. 1408 Support TPM devices.
1409 1409
1410 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON 1410 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1411 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1411 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1412 per system is supported at this time. 1412 per system is supported at this time.
1413 1413
1414 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1414 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1415 Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1415 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1416 1416
1417 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24 1417 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1418 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support. 1418 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1419 1419
1420 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C 1420 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1421 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices. 1421 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1422 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C. 1422 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1423 1423
1424 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI 1424 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1425 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices. 1425 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1426 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI. 1426 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1427 1427
1428 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1428 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1429 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1429 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1430 1430
1431 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1431 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
1432 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1432 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1433 per system is supported at this time. 1433 per system is supported at this time.
1434 1434
1435 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1435 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1436 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1436 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1437 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1437 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1438 0xfed40000. 1438 0xfed40000.
1439 1439
1440 CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1440 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1441 Add tpm monitor functions. 1441 Add tpm monitor functions.
1442 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1442 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1443 provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1443 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1444 1444
1445 CONFIG_TPM 1445 CONFIG_TPM
1446 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1446 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1447 functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1447 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1448 Requires support for a TPM device. 1448 Requires support for a TPM device.
1449 1449
1450 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1450 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1451 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1451 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1452 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1452 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1453 1453
1454 - USB Support: 1454 - USB Support:
1455 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1455 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1456 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1456 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1457 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1457 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1458 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1458 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1459 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1459 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1460 storage devices. 1460 storage devices.
1461 Note: 1461 Note:
1462 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1462 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1463 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1463 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1464 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1464 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1465 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1465 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1466 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1466 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1467 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1467 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1468 for USB on PSC3 1468 for USB on PSC3
1469 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1469 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1470 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1470 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1471 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1471 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1472 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1472 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1473 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1473 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1475 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1475 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1476 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1476 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1477 1477
1478 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1478 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1479 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1479 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1480 1480
1481 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2 1481 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1482 HW module registers. 1482 HW module registers.
1483 1483
1484 - USB Device: 1484 - USB Device:
1485 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1485 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1486 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1486 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1487 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1487 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1488 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1488 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1489 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1489 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1490 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1490 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1491 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1491 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1492 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1492 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1493 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1493 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1494 a Linux host by 1494 a Linux host by
1495 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1495 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1496 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1496 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1497 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1497 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1498 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1498 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1499 1499
1500 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1500 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1501 Define this to build a UDC device 1501 Define this to build a UDC device
1502 1502
1503 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1503 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1504 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1504 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1505 talk to the UDC device 1505 talk to the UDC device
1506 1506
1507 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1507 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1508 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1508 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1509 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1509 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1510 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1510 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1511 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1511 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1512 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1512 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1513 speed. 1513 speed.
1514 1514
1515 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1515 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1516 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1516 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1517 be set to usbtty. 1517 be set to usbtty.
1518 1518
1519 mpc8xx: 1519 mpc8xx:
1520 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1520 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1521 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1521 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1522 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1522 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1523 1523
1524 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1524 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1525 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1525 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1526 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1526 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1527 1527
1528 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1528 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1529 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1529 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1530 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1530 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1531 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1531 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1532 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1532 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1533 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1533 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1534 1534
1535 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1535 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1536 Define this string as the name of your company for 1536 Define this string as the name of your company for
1537 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1537 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1538 1538
1539 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1539 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1540 Define this string as the name of your product 1540 Define this string as the name of your product
1541 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1541 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1542 1542
1543 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1543 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1544 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1544 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1545 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1545 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1546 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1546 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1547 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1547 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1548 1548
1549 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1549 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1550 Define this as the unique Product ID 1550 Define this as the unique Product ID
1551 for your device 1551 for your device
1552 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1552 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1553 1553
1554 - ULPI Layer Support: 1554 - ULPI Layer Support:
1555 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1555 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1556 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1556 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1557 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1557 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1558 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1558 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1559 viewport is supported. 1559 viewport is supported.
1560 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1560 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1561 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1561 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1562 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1562 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1563 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1563 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1564 the appropriate value in Hz. 1564 the appropriate value in Hz.
1565 1565
1566 - MMC Support: 1566 - MMC Support:
1567 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1567 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1568 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1568 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1569 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1569 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1570 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1570 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1571 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1571 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1572 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1572 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1573 1573
1574 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1574 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1575 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1575 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1576 1576
1577 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1577 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1578 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1578 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1579 1579
1580 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1580 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1581 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1581 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1582 1582
1583 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC 1583 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1584 Enable the generic MMC driver 1584 Enable the generic MMC driver
1585 1585
1586 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT 1586 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1587 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. 1587 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1588 1588
1589 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB 1589 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1590 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the 1590 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1591 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. 1591 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1592 1592
1593 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1593 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1594 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU 1594 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
1595 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1595 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1596 1596
1597 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1597 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1598 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1598 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1599 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1599 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1600 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1600 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1601 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1601 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1602 1602
1603 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1603 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1604 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1604 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1605 1605
1606 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1606 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1607 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1607 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1608 1608
1609 CONFIG_DFU_RAM 1609 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1610 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. 1610 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1611 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but 1611 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1612 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, 1612 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1613 one that would help mostly the developer. 1613 one that would help mostly the developer.
1614 1614
1615 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1615 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1616 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1616 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1617 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1617 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1618 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1618 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1619 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1619 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1620 1620
1621 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1621 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1622 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1622 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1623 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1623 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1624 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1624 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1625 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1625 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1626 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1626 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1627 1627
1628 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT 1628 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1629 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the 1629 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1630 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending 1630 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1631 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. 1631 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1632 1632
1633 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT 1633 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1634 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when 1634 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1635 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before 1635 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1636 sending again an USB request to the device. 1636 sending again an USB request to the device.
1637 1637
1638 - USB Device Android Fastboot support: 1638 - USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1639 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT 1639 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1640 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget 1640 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1641 1641
1642 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT 1642 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1643 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android 1643 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1644 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB 1644 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1645 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control 1645 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1646 used on Android devices. 1646 used on Android devices.
1647 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. 1647 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1648 1648
1649 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE 1649 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1650 This enables support for booting images which use the Android 1650 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1651 image format header. 1651 image format header.
1652 1652
1653 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR 1653 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1654 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for 1654 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1655 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for 1655 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1656 downloaded images. 1656 downloaded images.
1657 1657
1658 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE 1658 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1659 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for 1659 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1660 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a 1660 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1661 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. 1661 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1662 1662
1663 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH 1663 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1664 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing 1664 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1665 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define 1665 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1666 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command. 1666 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1667 1667
1668 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV 1668 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1669 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information 1669 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1670 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to 1670 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1671 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image. 1671 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1672 1672
1673 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME 1673 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1674 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded 1674 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1675 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition 1675 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1676 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed 1676 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1677 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.) 1677 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1678 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the 1678 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1679 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. 1679 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1680 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined. 1680 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1681 1681
1682 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1682 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1683 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1683 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1684 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1684 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1685 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1685 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1686 1686
1687 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1687 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1688 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1688 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1689 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1689 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1690 1690
1691 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1691 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1692 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1692 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1693 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1693 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1694 1694
1695 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1695 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1696 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1696 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1697 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1697 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1698 have not defined a custom partition 1698 have not defined a custom partition
1699 1699
1700 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1700 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1701 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1701 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1702 1702
1703 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1703 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1704 file in FAT formatted partition. 1704 file in FAT formatted partition.
1705 1705
1706 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1706 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1707 user to write files to FAT. 1707 user to write files to FAT.
1708 1708
1709 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1709 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1710 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1710 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1711 1711
1712 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1712 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1713 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1713 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1714 and cbfsload. 1714 and cbfsload.
1715 1715
1716 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: 1716 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1717 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE 1717 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1718 1718
1719 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else 1719 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1720 a default value of 65536 will be defined. 1720 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1721 1721
1722 - Keyboard Support: 1722 - Keyboard Support:
1723 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers. 1723 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1724 1724
1725 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1725 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1726 1726
1727 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1727 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1728 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1728 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1729 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated 1729 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1730 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model 1730 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1731 instead. 1731 instead.
1732 1732
1733 - Video support: 1733 - Video support:
1734 CONFIG_VIDEO 1734 CONFIG_VIDEO
1735 1735
1736 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1736 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1737 video). 1737 video).
1738 1738
1739 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1739 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1740 1740
1741 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1741 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1742 1742
1743 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1743 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1744 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1744 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1745 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1745 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1746 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1746 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1747 assumed. 1747 assumed.
1748 1748
1749 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1749 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1750 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1750 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1751 are possible: 1751 are possible:
1752 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1752 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1753 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1753 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1754 1754
1755 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1755 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1756 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1756 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1757 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1757 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1758 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1758 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1759 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1759 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1760 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1760 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1761 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1761 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1762 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1762 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1763 1763
1764 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1764 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1765 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1765 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1766 1766
1767 1767
1768 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1768 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1769 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1769 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1770 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1770 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1771 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1771 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1772 1772
1773 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1773 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1774 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1774 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1775 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1775 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1776 support, and should also define these other macros: 1776 support, and should also define these other macros:
1777 1777
1778 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1778 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1779 CONFIG_VIDEO 1779 CONFIG_VIDEO
1780 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1780 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1781 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1781 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1782 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1782 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1783 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1783 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1784 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1784 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1785 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1785 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1786 1786
1787 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1787 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1788 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1788 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1789 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a 1789 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
1790 description of this variable. 1790 description of this variable.
1791 1791
1792 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1792 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1793 1793
1794 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1794 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1795 display); also select one of the supported displays 1795 display); also select one of the supported displays
1796 by defining one of these: 1796 by defining one of these:
1797 1797
1798 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1798 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1799 1799
1800 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1800 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1801 1801
1802 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1802 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1803 1803
1804 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1804 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1805 1805
1806 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1806 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1807 1807
1808 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1808 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1809 Active, color, single scan. 1809 Active, color, single scan.
1810 1810
1811 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1811 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1812 1812
1813 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1813 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1814 Active, color, single scan. 1814 Active, color, single scan.
1815 1815
1816 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1816 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1817 1817
1818 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1818 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1819 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1819 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1820 1820
1821 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1821 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1822 1822
1823 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1823 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1824 Active, color, single scan. 1824 Active, color, single scan.
1825 1825
1826 CONFIG_HLD1045 1826 CONFIG_HLD1045
1827 1827
1828 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1828 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1829 Active, color, single scan. 1829 Active, color, single scan.
1830 1830
1831 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1831 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1832 1832
1833 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1833 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1834 or 1834 or
1835 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1835 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1836 or 1836 or
1837 Hitachi SP14Q002 1837 Hitachi SP14Q002
1838 1838
1839 320x240. Black & white. 1839 320x240. Black & white.
1840 1840
1841 Normally display is black on white background; define 1841 Normally display is black on white background; define
1842 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1842 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1843 1843
1844 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1844 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1845 1845
1846 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is 1846 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
1847 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1847 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1848 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1848 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1849 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1849 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1850 a per-section basis. 1850 a per-section basis.
1851 1851
1852 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1852 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1853 1853
1854 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1854 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1855 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1855 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1856 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1856 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1857 is slow. 1857 is slow.
1858 1858
1859 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION 1859 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1860 1860
1861 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait 1861 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1862 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree, 1862 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1863 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the 1863 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1864 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are 1864 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1865 printed out. 1865 printed out.
1866 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be 1866 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1867 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of 1867 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1868 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code. 1868 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1869 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to 1869 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1870 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline): 1870 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1871 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree 1871 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1872 1 = 90 degree rotation 1872 1 = 90 degree rotation
1873 2 = 180 degree rotation 1873 2 = 180 degree rotation
1874 3 = 270 degree rotation 1874 3 = 270 degree rotation
1875 1875
1876 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be 1876 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1877 initialized with 0degree rotation. 1877 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1878 1878
1879 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1879 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1880 1880
1881 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1881 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1882 1882
1883 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1883 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1884 1884
1885 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1885 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1886 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1886 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1887 1887
1888 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1888 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1889 1889
1890 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1890 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1891 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1891 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1892 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1892 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1893 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1893 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1894 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1894 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1895 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1895 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1896 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1896 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1897 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1897 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1898 1898
1899 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1899 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1900 1900
1901 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1901 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1902 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1902 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1903 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps). 1903 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
1904 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1904 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1905 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1905 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1906 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1906 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1907 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1907 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1908 there is no need to set this option. 1908 there is no need to set this option.
1909 1909
1910 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1910 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1911 1911
1912 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1912 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1913 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1913 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1914 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1914 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1915 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1915 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1916 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1916 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1917 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1917 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1918 1918
1919 Example: 1919 Example:
1920 setenv splashpos m,m 1920 setenv splashpos m,m
1921 => image at center of screen 1921 => image at center of screen
1922 1922
1923 setenv splashpos 30,20 1923 setenv splashpos 30,20
1924 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1924 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1925 1925
1926 setenv splashpos -10,m 1926 setenv splashpos -10,m
1927 => vertically centered image 1927 => vertically centered image
1928 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1928 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1929 1929
1930 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1930 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1931 1931
1932 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1932 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1933 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1933 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1934 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1934 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1935 1935
1936 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1936 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1937 1937
1938 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1938 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1939 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1939 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1940 bmp command. 1940 bmp command.
1941 1941
1942 - Do compressing for memory range: 1942 - Do compressing for memory range:
1943 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1943 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1944 1944
1945 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1945 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1946 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1946 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1947 1947
1948 - Compression support: 1948 - Compression support:
1949 CONFIG_GZIP 1949 CONFIG_GZIP
1950 1950
1951 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. 1951 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1952 1952
1953 CONFIG_BZIP2 1953 CONFIG_BZIP2
1954 1954
1955 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1955 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1956 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1956 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1957 compressed images are supported. 1957 compressed images are supported.
1958 1958
1959 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1959 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1960 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1960 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1961 be at least 4MB. 1961 be at least 4MB.
1962 1962
1963 CONFIG_LZMA 1963 CONFIG_LZMA
1964 1964
1965 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1965 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1966 images is included. 1966 images is included.
1967 1967
1968 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1968 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1969 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1969 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1970 formula: 1970 formula:
1971 1971
1972 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1972 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1973 1973
1974 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1974 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1975 and Literal pos bits. 1975 and Literal pos bits.
1976 1976
1977 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1977 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1978 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1978 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1979 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1979 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1980 a very small buffer. 1980 a very small buffer.
1981 1981
1982 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1982 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1983 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1983 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1984 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1984 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1985 1985
1986 CONFIG_LZO 1986 CONFIG_LZO
1987 1987
1988 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images 1988 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1989 is included. 1989 is included.
1990 1990
1991 - MII/PHY support: 1991 - MII/PHY support:
1992 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1992 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1993 1993
1994 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1994 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1995 1995
1996 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1996 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1997 1997
1998 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1998 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1999 1999
2000 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 2000 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2001 2001
2002 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 2002 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
2003 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 2003 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
2004 2004
2005 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 2005 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2006 2006
2007 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 2007 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2008 reset before any MII register access is possible. 2008 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2009 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 2009 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2010 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 2010 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2011 2011
2012 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 2012 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2013 2013
2014 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 2014 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2015 command issued before MII status register can be read 2015 command issued before MII status register can be read
2016 2016
2017 - IP address: 2017 - IP address:
2018 CONFIG_IPADDR 2018 CONFIG_IPADDR
2019 2019
2020 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 2020 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
2021 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 2021 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
2022 determined through e.g. bootp. 2022 determined through e.g. bootp.
2023 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 2023 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
2024 2024
2025 - Server IP address: 2025 - Server IP address:
2026 CONFIG_SERVERIP 2026 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2027 2027
2028 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 2028 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
2029 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 2029 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
2030 (Environment variable "serverip") 2030 (Environment variable "serverip")
2031 2031
2032 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 2032 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2033 2033
2034 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 2034 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2035 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 2035 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2036 2036
2037 - Gateway IP address: 2037 - Gateway IP address:
2038 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 2038 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2039 2039
2040 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 2040 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2041 default router where packets to other networks are 2041 default router where packets to other networks are
2042 sent to. 2042 sent to.
2043 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 2043 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2044 2044
2045 - Subnet mask: 2045 - Subnet mask:
2046 CONFIG_NETMASK 2046 CONFIG_NETMASK
2047 2047
2048 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 2048 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2049 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 2049 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2050 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 2050 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2051 forwarded through a router. 2051 forwarded through a router.
2052 (Environment variable "netmask") 2052 (Environment variable "netmask")
2053 2053
2054 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 2054 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
2055 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 2055 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2056 2056
2057 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 2057 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2058 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 2058 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
2059 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 2059 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
2060 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 2060 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2061 multicast group. 2061 multicast group.
2062 2062
2063 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 2063 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2064 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 2064 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2065 2065
2066 If you have many targets in a network that try to 2066 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2067 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 2067 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2068 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 2068 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2069 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 2069 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2070 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 2070 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2071 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 2071 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2072 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 2072 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2073 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 2073 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
2074 following delays are inserted then: 2074 following delays are inserted then:
2075 2075
2076 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 2076 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2077 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 2077 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2078 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 2078 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2079 4th and following 2079 4th and following
2080 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 2080 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2081 2081
2082 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE 2082 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2083 2083
2084 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The 2084 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2085 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and 2085 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2086 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of 2086 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2087 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses 2087 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2088 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP 2088 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2089 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to 2089 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2090 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it 2090 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2091 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that 2091 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2092 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order 2092 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2093 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these 2093 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2094 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of 2094 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2095 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this 2095 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2096 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding 2096 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2097 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers 2097 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2098 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency. 2098 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2099 2099
2100 - DHCP Advanced Options: 2100 - DHCP Advanced Options:
2101 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 2101 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2102 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 2102 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
2103 2103
2104 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 2104 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2105 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 2105 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2106 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 2106 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2107 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 2107 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2108 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 2108 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2109 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 2109 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2110 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 2110 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2111 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 2111 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2112 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 2112 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2113 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 2113 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2114 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 2114 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2115 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 2115 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
2116 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 2116 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
2117 2117
2118 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 2118 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2119 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 2119 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
2120 2120
2121 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 2121 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2122 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 2122 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2123 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 2123 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2124 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 2124 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2125 is not available. 2125 is not available.
2126 2126
2127 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 2127 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2128 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 2128 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2129 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 2129 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2130 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 2130 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2131 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 2131 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2132 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 2132 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2133 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 2133 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2134 is defined. 2134 is defined.
2135 2135
2136 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 2136 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2137 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 2137 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2138 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 2138 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
2139 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 2139 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
2140 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 2140 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2141 option 12 to the DHCP server. 2141 option 12 to the DHCP server.
2142 2142
2143 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 2143 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2144 2144
2145 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 2145 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2146 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 2146 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2147 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 2147 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2148 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 2148 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2149 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 2149 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2150 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 2150 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2151 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 2151 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2152 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 2152 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2153 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 2153 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2154 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 2154 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2155 this delay. 2155 this delay.
2156 2156
2157 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 2157 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2158 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 2158 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2159 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 2159 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2160 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 2160 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2161 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 2161 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2162 2162
2163 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 2163 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2164 2164
2165 - CDP Options: 2165 - CDP Options:
2166 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 2166 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
2167 2167
2168 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 2168 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2169 2169
2170 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 2170 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2171 2171
2172 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 2172 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2173 of the device. 2173 of the device.
2174 2174
2175 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 2175 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2176 2176
2177 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 2177 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2178 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 2178 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
2179 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 2179 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
2180 2180
2181 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 2181 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2182 2182
2183 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 2183 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2184 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 2184 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2185 2185
2186 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 2186 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2187 2187
2188 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 2188 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2189 2189
2190 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 2190 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2191 2191
2192 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 2192 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2193 2193
2194 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 2194 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2195 2195
2196 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 2196 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2197 2197
2198 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 2198 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2199 2199
2200 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 2200 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2201 device in .1 of milliwatts. 2201 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2202 2202
2203 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 2203 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2204 2204
2205 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 2205 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2206 2206
2207 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 2207 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2208 2208
2209 Several configurations allow to display the current 2209 Several configurations allow to display the current
2210 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 2210 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2211 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 2211 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2212 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 2212 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2213 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 2213 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2214 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 2214 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2215 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 2215 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2216 feature in U-Boot. 2216 feature in U-Boot.
2217 2217
2218 Additional options: 2218 Additional options:
2219 2219
2220 CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2220 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2221 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. 2221 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2222 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a 2222 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2223 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2223 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2224 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. 2224 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2225 2225
2226 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE 2226 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2227 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which 2227 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2228 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and 2228 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2229 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. 2229 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2230 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined 2230 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2231 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. 2231 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2232 2232
2233 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 2233 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2234 2234
2235 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 2235 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2236 on those systems that support this (optional) 2236 on those systems that support this (optional)
2237 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 2237 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2238 2238
2239 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 2239 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2240 2240
2241 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 2241 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2242 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 2242 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2243 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 2243 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2244 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 2244 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2245 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 2245 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2246 interface. 2246 interface.
2247 2247
2248 ported i2c driver to the new framework: 2248 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
2249 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 2249 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2250 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 2250 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2251 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 2251 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2252 for defining speed and slave address 2252 for defining speed and slave address
2253 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 2253 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2254 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 2254 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2255 for defining speed and slave address 2255 for defining speed and slave address
2256 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 2256 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2257 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 2257 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2258 for defining speed and slave address 2258 for defining speed and slave address
2259 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 2259 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2260 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 2260 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2261 for defining speed and slave address 2261 for defining speed and slave address
2262 2262
2263 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 2263 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2264 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 2264 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2265 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 2265 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2266 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 2266 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2267 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 2267 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2268 bus. 2268 bus.
2269 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 2269 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
2270 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 2270 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2271 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 2271 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2272 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 2272 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2273 second bus. 2273 second bus.
2274 2274
2275 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 2275 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
2276 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 2276 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2277 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 2277 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2278 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2278 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2279 2279
2280 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c 2280 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2281 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX 2281 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2282 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2282 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2284 2284
2285 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c 2285 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2286 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 2286 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2287 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1 2287 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2288 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2 2288 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2289 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3 2289 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2290 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4 2290 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
2291 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED 2291 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2292 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE 2292 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2293 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED 2293 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2294 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE 2294 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2295 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED 2295 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2296 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE 2296 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2297 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED 2297 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2298 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE 2298 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
2299 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000 2299 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
2300 for speed, and 0 for slave. 2300 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2301 2301
2302 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: 2302 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2303 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR 2303 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2304 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses 2304 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2305 2305
2306 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 2306 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2307 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 2307 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2308 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 2308 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2309 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 2309 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2310 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 2310 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2311 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 2311 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2312 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 2312 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2313 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 2313 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2314 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2314 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2315 2315
2316 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: 2316 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2317 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH 2317 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2318 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses 2318 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2319 2319
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 2320 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 2321 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 2322 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 2323 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 2324 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2325 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 2325 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2326 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 2326 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2327 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 2327 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2328 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 2328 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2329 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 2329 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2330 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 2330 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2331 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 2331 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2332 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2332 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2333 2333
2334 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c 2334 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2335 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX 2335 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2336 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 2336 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2337 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 2337 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2338 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 2338 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2339 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 2339 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2340 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 2340 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2341 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 2341 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2342 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 2342 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2343 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 2343 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2344 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 2344 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2345 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 2345 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2346 2346
2347 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c 2347 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2348 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ 2348 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2349 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting 2349 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2350 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr 2350 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2351 2351
2352 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: 2352 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2353 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 2353 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2354 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 2354 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2355 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) 2355 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2356 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2356 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2357 2357
2358 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c 2358 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2359 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS 2359 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2360 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2360 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2361 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0 2361 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2362 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0 2362 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2363 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2363 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2364 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1 2364 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2365 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1 2365 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2366 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2 2366 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2367 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2 2367 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2368 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2 2368 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2369 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3 2369 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3 2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2371 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3 2371 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2372 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL 2372 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1 2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1 2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1 2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1 2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1 2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1 2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1 2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1 2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
2381 2381
2382 additional defines: 2382 additional defines:
2383 2383
2384 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 2384 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2385 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you 2385 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
2386 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this 2386 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2387 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can 2387 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2388 omit this define. 2388 omit this define.
2389 2389
2390 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 2390 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2391 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 2391 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2392 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 2392 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2393 omit this define. 2393 omit this define.
2394 2394
2395 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2395 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2396 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2396 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2397 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2397 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2398 define. 2398 define.
2399 2399
2400 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2400 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2401 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if 2401 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
2402 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2402 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2403 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2403 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2404 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2404 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2405 2405
2406 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2406 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2407 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2407 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2408 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2408 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2409 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2409 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2410 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2410 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2411 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2411 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2412 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2412 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2413 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2413 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2414 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2414 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2415 } 2415 }
2416 2416
2417 which defines 2417 which defines
2418 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2418 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
2419 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2419 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2420 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2420 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2421 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2421 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2422 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2422 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2423 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2423 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2424 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2424 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2425 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2425 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2426 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2426 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2427 2427
2428 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2428 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2429 2429
2430 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2430 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
2431 2431
2432 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2432 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2433 provides the following compelling advantages: 2433 provides the following compelling advantages:
2434 2434
2435 - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2435 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2436 - approved multibus support 2436 - approved multibus support
2437 - better i2c mux support 2437 - better i2c mux support
2438 2438
2439 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2439 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2440 2440
2441 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2441 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2442 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2442 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2443 for the selected CPU. 2443 for the selected CPU.
2444 2444
2445 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2445 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
2446 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2446 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
2447 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2447 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2448 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2448 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
2449 command line interface. 2449 command line interface.
2450 2450
2451 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2451 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
2452 2452
2453 There are several other quantities that must also be 2453 There are several other quantities that must also be
2454 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2454 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2455 2455
2456 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2456 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
2457 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2457 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
2458 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2458 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
2459 the CPU's i2c node address). 2459 the CPU's i2c node address).
2460 2460
2461 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2461 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
2462 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2462 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
2463 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2463 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2464 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2464 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2465 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2465 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
2466 2466
2467 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2467 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2468 2468
2469 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2469 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2470 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2470 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2471 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2471 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2472 commands until the slave device responds. 2472 commands until the slave device responds.
2473 2473
2474 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2474 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2475 2475
2476 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2476 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
2477 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2477 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2478 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2478 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
2479 2479
2480 I2C_INIT 2480 I2C_INIT
2481 2481
2482 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2482 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
2483 controller or configure ports. 2483 controller or configure ports.
2484 2484
2485 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2485 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
2486 2486
2487 I2C_PORT 2487 I2C_PORT
2488 2488
2489 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2489 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2490 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2490 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2491 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2491 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
2492 2492
2493 I2C_ACTIVE 2493 I2C_ACTIVE
2494 2494
2495 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2495 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2496 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2496 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2497 define can be null. 2497 define can be null.
2498 2498
2499 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2499 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2500 2500
2501 I2C_TRISTATE 2501 I2C_TRISTATE
2502 2502
2503 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2503 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2504 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2504 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2505 define can be null. 2505 define can be null.
2506 2506
2507 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2507 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2508 2508
2509 I2C_READ 2509 I2C_READ
2510 2510
2511 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2511 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2512 false if it is low. 2512 false if it is low.
2513 2513
2514 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2514 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2515 2515
2516 I2C_SDA(bit) 2516 I2C_SDA(bit)
2517 2517
2518 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2518 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2519 is false, it clears it (low). 2519 is false, it clears it (low).
2520 2520
2521 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2521 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2522 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2522 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
2523 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2523 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
2524 2524
2525 I2C_SCL(bit) 2525 I2C_SCL(bit)
2526 2526
2527 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2527 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2528 is false, it clears it (low). 2528 is false, it clears it (low).
2529 2529
2530 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2530 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2531 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2531 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
2532 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2532 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
2533 2533
2534 I2C_DELAY 2534 I2C_DELAY
2535 2535
2536 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2536 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2537 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2537 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
2538 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2538 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
2539 like: 2539 like:
2540 2540
2541 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2541 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2542 2542
2543 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2543 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2544 2544
2545 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2545 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2546 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2546 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2547 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2547 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2548 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2548 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2549 2549
2550 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2550 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2551 the generic GPIO functions. 2551 the generic GPIO functions.
2552 2552
2553 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2553 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2554 2554
2555 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2555 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2556 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2556 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2557 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2557 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2558 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2558 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2559 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2559 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2560 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2560 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2561 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2561 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2562 is run early in the boot sequence. 2562 is run early in the boot sequence.
2563 2563
2564 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2564 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2565 2565
2566 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2566 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2567 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2567 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2568 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2568 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2569 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2569 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2570 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2570 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2571 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2571 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2572 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2572 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2573 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2573 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2574 2574
2575 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2575 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2576 2576
2577 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2577 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2578 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2578 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2579 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2579 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2580 2580
2581 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2581 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2582 2582
2583 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2583 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2584 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2584 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2585 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2585 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2586 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2586 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2587 2587
2588 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2588 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2589 2589
2590 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2590 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2591 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2591 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2592 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2592 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2593 a 1D array of device addresses 2593 a 1D array of device addresses
2594 2594
2595 e.g. 2595 e.g.
2596 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2596 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2597 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2597 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2598 2598
2599 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2599 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2600 2600
2601 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2601 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2602 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2602 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2603 2603
2604 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2604 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2605 2605
2606 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2606 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2607 2607
2608 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2608 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2609 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2609 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2610 2610
2611 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2611 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2612 2612
2613 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2613 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2614 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2614 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2615 2615
2616 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2616 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2617 2617
2618 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2618 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2619 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2619 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2620 2620
2621 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2621 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2622 2622
2623 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2623 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2624 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2624 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2625 specified DTT device. 2625 specified DTT device.
2626 2626
2627 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2627 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2628 2628
2629 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2629 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2630 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2630 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2631 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2631 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2632 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2632 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2633 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2633 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2634 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2634 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2635 the other. 2635 the other.
2636 2636
2637 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2637 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2638 2638
2639 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2639 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2640 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2640 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2641 D/As on the SACSng board) 2641 D/As on the SACSng board)
2642 2642
2643 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2643 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2644 2644
2645 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2645 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2646 only SH7757 is supported. 2646 only SH7757 is supported.
2647 2647
2648 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2648 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2649 2649
2650 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2650 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2651 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2651 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2652 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2652 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2653 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2653 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2654 defined, the board configuration must define several 2654 defined, the board configuration must define several
2655 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2655 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2656 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2656 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2657 2657
2658 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2658 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2659 2659
2660 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2660 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2661 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2661 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2662 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2662 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2663 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2663 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2664 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2664 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2665 2665
2666 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2666 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2667 2667
2668 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2668 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2669 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2669 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2670 2670
2671 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT 2671 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2672 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed. 2672 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2673 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */ 2673 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2674 2674
2675 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2675 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2676 2676
2677 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2677 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2678 2678
2679 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2679 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2680 2680
2681 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2681 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2682 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2682 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2683 2683
2684 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2684 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2685 2685
2686 Enables support for FPGA family. 2686 Enables support for FPGA family.
2687 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2687 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2688 2688
2689 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2689 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2690 2690
2691 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2691 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2692 2692
2693 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK 2693 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2694 2694
2695 Enable support for fpga loadmk command 2695 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2696 2696
2697 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP 2697 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2698 2698
2699 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream 2699 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2700 2700
2701 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP 2701 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2702 2702
2703 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream 2703 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2704 (Xilinx only) 2704 (Xilinx only)
2705 2705
2706 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2706 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2707 2707
2708 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2708 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2709 2709
2710 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2710 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2711 2711
2712 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2712 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2713 status by the configuration function. This option 2713 status by the configuration function. This option
2714 will require a board or device specific function to 2714 will require a board or device specific function to
2715 be written. 2715 be written.
2716 2716
2717 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2717 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2718 2718
2719 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2719 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2720 configuration driver. 2720 configuration driver.
2721 2721
2722 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2722 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2723 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2723 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2724 2724
2725 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2725 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2726 2726
2727 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2727 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2728 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2728 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2729 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2729 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2730 indicated a CRC error). 2730 indicated a CRC error).
2731 2731
2732 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2732 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2733 2733
2734 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert 2734 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2735 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II 2735 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
2736 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2736 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2737 ms. 2737 ms.
2738 2738
2739 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2739 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2740 2740
2741 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during 2741 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
2742 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2742 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2743 2743
2744 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2744 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2745 2745
2746 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2746 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2747 200 ms. 2747 200 ms.
2748 2748
2749 - Configuration Management: 2749 - Configuration Management:
2750 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET 2750 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2751 2751
2752 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary 2752 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2753 with a special header) as build targets. By defining 2753 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2754 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this 2754 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2755 special image will be automatically built upon calling 2755 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2756 make / MAKEALL. 2756 make / MAKEALL.
2757 2757
2758 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2758 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2759 2759
2760 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2760 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2761 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2761 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2762 2762
2763 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2763 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2764 2764
2765 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2765 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2766 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2766 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2767 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2767 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2768 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2768 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2769 protects these variables from casual modification by 2769 protects these variables from casual modification by
2770 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2770 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2771 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2771 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2772 change this behaviour: 2772 change this behaviour:
2773 2773
2774 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2774 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2775 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2775 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2776 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2776 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2777 these parameters. 2777 these parameters.
2778 2778
2779 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the 2779 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2780 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2780 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2781 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2781 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2782 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2782 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2783 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2783 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2784 read-only.] 2784 read-only.]
2785 2785
2786 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2786 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2787 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2787 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2788 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2788 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2789 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2789 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2790 2790
2791 - Protected RAM: 2791 - Protected RAM:
2792 CONFIG_PRAM 2792 CONFIG_PRAM
2793 2793
2794 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2794 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2795 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2795 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2796 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2796 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2797 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2797 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2798 this default value by defining an environment 2798 this default value by defining an environment
2799 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2799 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2800 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2800 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2801 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2801 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2802 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2802 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2803 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2803 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2804 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2804 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2805 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2805 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2806 2806
2807 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2807 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2808 saveenv 2808 saveenv
2809 2809
2810 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2810 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2811 either, which results in a memory region that will 2811 either, which results in a memory region that will
2812 not be affected by reboots. 2812 not be affected by reboots.
2813 2813
2814 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2814 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2815 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2815 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2816 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2816 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2817 following board configurations are known to be 2817 following board configurations are known to be
2818 "pRAM-clean": 2818 "pRAM-clean":
2819 2819
2820 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2820 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2821 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2821 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2822 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2822 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2823 2823
2824 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2824 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2825 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2825 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2826 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2826 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2827 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2827 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2828 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2828 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2829 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2829 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2830 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2830 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2831 2831
2832 - Error Recovery: 2832 - Error Recovery:
2833 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2833 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2834 2834
2835 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2835 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2836 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2836 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2837 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2837 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2838 system where you want the system to reboot 2838 system where you want the system to reboot
2839 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2839 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2840 useful during development since you can try to debug 2840 useful during development since you can try to debug
2841 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2841 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2842 2842
2843 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2843 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2844 2844
2845 This variable defines the number of retries for 2845 This variable defines the number of retries for
2846 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2846 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2847 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2847 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2848 default value of 5 is used. 2848 default value of 5 is used.
2849 2849
2850 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2850 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2851 2851
2852 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2852 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2853 2853
2854 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2854 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2855 2855
2856 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2856 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2857 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2857 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2858 try longer timeout such as 2858 try longer timeout such as
2859 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2859 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2860 2860
2861 - Command Interpreter: 2861 - Command Interpreter:
2862 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2862 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2863 2863
2864 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2864 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2865 2865
2866 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2866 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2867 2867
2868 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2868 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2869 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2869 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2870 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2870 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2871 2871
2872 Note: 2872 Note:
2873 2873
2874 In the current implementation, the local variables 2874 In the current implementation, the local variables
2875 space and global environment variables space are 2875 space and global environment variables space are
2876 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2876 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2877 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2877 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2878 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2878 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2879 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2879 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2880 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2880 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2881 2881
2882 Global environment variables are those you use 2882 Global environment variables are those you use
2883 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2883 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2884 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2884 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2885 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2885 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2886 2886
2887 To store commands and special characters in a 2887 To store commands and special characters in a
2888 variable, please use double quotation marks 2888 variable, please use double quotation marks
2889 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2889 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2890 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2890 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2891 symbols. 2891 symbols.
2892 2892
2893 - Command Line Editing and History: 2893 - Command Line Editing and History:
2894 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2894 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2895 2895
2896 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2896 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2897 command line input operations 2897 command line input operations
2898 2898
2899 - Command Line PS1/PS2 support: 2899 - Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2900 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT 2900 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2901 2901
2902 Enable support for changing the command prompt string 2902 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2903 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far. 2903 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2904 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1 2904 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2905 and PS2. 2905 and PS2.
2906 2906
2907 - Default Environment: 2907 - Default Environment:
2908 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2908 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2909 2909
2910 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2910 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2911 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2911 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2912 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2912 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2913 2913
2914 For example, place something like this in your 2914 For example, place something like this in your
2915 board's config file: 2915 board's config file:
2916 2916
2917 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2917 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2918 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2918 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2919 "myvar2=value2\0" 2919 "myvar2=value2\0"
2920 2920
2921 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2921 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2922 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2922 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2923 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2923 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2924 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2924 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2925 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2925 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2926 You better know what you are doing here. 2926 You better know what you are doing here.
2927 2927
2928 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2928 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2929 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2929 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2930 the environment like the "source" command or the 2930 the environment like the "source" command or the
2931 boot command first. 2931 boot command first.
2932 2932
2933 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2933 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2934 2934
2935 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2935 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2936 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2936 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2937 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2937 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2938 2938
2939 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2939 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2940 2940
2941 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2941 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2942 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2942 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2943 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2943 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2944 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2944 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2945 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2945 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2946 2946
2947 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2947 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2948 2948
2949 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2949 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2950 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2950 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2951 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2951 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2952 2952
2953 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2953 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2954 2954
2955 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2955 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2956 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2956 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2957 that so that the environment is not available until 2957 that so that the environment is not available until
2958 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2958 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2959 this is instead controlled by the value of 2959 this is instead controlled by the value of
2960 /config/load-environment. 2960 /config/load-environment.
2961 2961
2962 - Parallel Flash support: 2962 - Parallel Flash support:
2963 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH 2963 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
2964 2964
2965 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR 2965 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
2966 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR 2966 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
2967 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have 2967 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
2968 parallel flash. 2968 parallel flash.
2969 2969
2970 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers 2970 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
2971 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be 2971 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
2972 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the 2972 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
2973 flash API (see include/flash.h). 2973 flash API (see include/flash.h).
2974 2974
2975 - DataFlash Support: 2975 - DataFlash Support:
2976 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2976 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2977 2977
2978 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2978 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2979 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2979 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2980 commands cp, md... 2980 commands cp, md...
2981 2981
2982 - Serial Flash support 2982 - Serial Flash support
2983 CONFIG_CMD_SF 2983 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2984 2984
2985 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2985 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2986 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2986 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2987 2987
2988 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2988 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2989 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2989 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2990 commands. 2990 commands.
2991 2991
2992 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2992 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2993 to handle the common case when only a single serial 2993 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2994 flash is present on the system. 2994 flash is present on the system.
2995 2995
2996 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2996 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2997 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2997 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2998 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2998 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2999 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2999 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3000 3000
3001 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 3001 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3002 3002
3003 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 3003 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3004 test ('sf test'). 3004 test ('sf test').
3005 3005
3006 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories 3006 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3007 3007
3008 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash 3008 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3009 memories can be connected with a given cs line. 3009 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
3010 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections. 3010 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
3011 3011
3012 - SystemACE Support: 3012 - SystemACE Support:
3013 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 3013 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3014 3014
3015 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 3015 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3016 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 3016 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
3017 of the chip must also be defined in the 3017 of the chip must also be defined in the
3018 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 3018 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
3019 3019
3020 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 3020 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3021 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 3021 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
3022 3022
3023 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 3023 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3024 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 3024 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3025 3025
3026 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 3026 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3027 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 3027 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3028 3028
3029 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 3029 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
3030 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 3030 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
3031 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 3031 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
3032 number generator is used. 3032 number generator is used.
3033 3033
3034 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 3034 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3035 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 3035 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3036 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 3036 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3037 3037
3038 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 3038 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
3039 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 3039 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3040 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 3040 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3041 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 3041 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3042 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 3042 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3043 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 3043 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3044 but sometimes that is not allowed. 3044 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3045 3045
3046 - Hashing support: 3046 - Hashing support:
3047 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 3047 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3048 3048
3049 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 3049 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3050 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 3050 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3051 3051
3052 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 3052 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3053 3053
3054 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 3054 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3055 size a little. 3055 size a little.
3056 3056
3057 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1 3057 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3058 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. 3058 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3059 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using 3059 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3060 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. 3060 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3061 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration 3061 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3062 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing. 3062 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3063 This affects the 'hash' command and also the 3063 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3064 hash_lookup_algo() function. 3064 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3065 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables 3065 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3066 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing. 3066 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3067 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing 3067 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3068 is performed in hardware. 3068 is performed in hardware.
3069 3069
3070 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 3070 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3071 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 3071 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3072 3072
3073 - Freescale i.MX specific commands: 3073 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3074 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT 3074 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3075 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an 3075 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3076 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. 3076 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3077 3077
3078 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE 3078 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3079 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing 3079 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3080 a boot from specific media. 3080 a boot from specific media.
3081 3081
3082 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to 3082 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3083 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating 3083 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3084 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal 3084 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3085 will set it back to normal. This command currently 3085 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3086 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. 3086 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3087 3087
3088 - bootcount support: 3088 - bootcount support:
3089 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 3089 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3090 3090
3091 This enables the bootcounter support, see: 3091 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3092 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 3092 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3093 3093
3094 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE 3094 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3095 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. 3095 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3096 CONFIG_BLACKFIN 3096 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3097 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. 3097 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3098 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX 3098 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3099 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. 3099 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3100 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM 3100 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3101 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM 3101 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3102 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C 3102 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3103 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. 3103 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3104 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address 3104 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3105 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for 3105 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3106 the bootcounter. 3106 the bootcounter.
3107 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len 3107 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
3108 3108
3109 - Show boot progress: 3109 - Show boot progress:
3110 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 3110 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3111 3111
3112 Defining this option allows to add some board- 3112 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3113 specific code (calling a user-provided function 3113 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3114 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 3114 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3115 the system's boot progress on some display (for 3115 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3116 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 3116 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3117 the following checkpoints are implemented: 3117 the following checkpoints are implemented:
3118 3118
3119 3119
3120 Legacy uImage format: 3120 Legacy uImage format:
3121 3121
3122 Arg Where When 3122 Arg Where When
3123 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 3123 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
3124 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 3124 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
3125 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 3125 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
3126 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 3126 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
3127 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 3127 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
3128 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 3128 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
3129 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 3129 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3130 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 3130 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3131 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3131 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3132 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 3132 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
3133 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 3133 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3134 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 3134 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3135 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 3135 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3136 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 3136 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
3137 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 3137 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
3138 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 3138 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
3139 3139
3140 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3140 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3141 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 3141 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3142 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 3142 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3143 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 3143 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3144 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 3144 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3145 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 3145 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3146 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 3146 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
3147 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 3147 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
3148 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 3148 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3149 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 3149 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3150 3150
3151 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 3151 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
3152 3152
3153 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 3153 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
3154 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 3154 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3155 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 3155 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
3156 3156
3157 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 3157 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3158 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 3158 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3159 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 3159 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3160 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 3160 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3161 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 3161 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3162 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3162 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3163 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 3163 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3164 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 3164 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3165 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 3165 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3166 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 3166 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3167 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 3167 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3168 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 3168 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3169 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 3169 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3170 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 3170 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3171 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 3171 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3172 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 3172 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3173 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 3173 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3174 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 3174 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3175 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 3175 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3176 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 3176 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3177 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 3177 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3178 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 3178 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3179 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 3179 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3180 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 3180 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3181 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 3181 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3182 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 3182 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3183 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3183 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3184 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 3184 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3185 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 3185 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3186 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 3186 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3187 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 3187 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3188 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 3188 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3189 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 3189 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3190 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 3190 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3191 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 3191 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3192 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 3192 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3193 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 3193 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3194 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 3194 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3195 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 3195 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3196 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3196 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3197 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 3197 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3198 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3198 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3199 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 3199 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3200 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 3200 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3201 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 3201 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3202 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 3202 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3203 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 3203 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3204 3204
3205 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 3205 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3206 3206
3207 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 3207 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
3208 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 3208 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3209 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 3209 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3210 3210
3211 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 3211 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3212 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop() 3212 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3213 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred 3213 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3214 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error 3214 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
3215 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 3215 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3216 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 3216 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
3217 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 3217 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3218 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 3218 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
3219 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 3219 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
3220 3220
3221 FIT uImage format: 3221 FIT uImage format:
3222 3222
3223 Arg Where When 3223 Arg Where When
3224 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 3224 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3225 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 3225 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3226 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 3226 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3227 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 3227 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3228 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 3228 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3229 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 3229 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
3230 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 3230 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
3231 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 3231 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3232 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 3232 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3233 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 3233 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3234 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 3234 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3235 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3235 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3236 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 3236 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3237 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 3237 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
3238 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 3238 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3239 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 3239 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3240 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 3240 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3241 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 3241 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3242 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 3242 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3243 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 3243 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3244 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 3244 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3245 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 3245 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3246 3246
3247 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3247 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3248 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 3248 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3249 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 3249 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
3250 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 3250 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
3251 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 3251 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3252 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 3252 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3253 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 3253 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3254 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 3254 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3255 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 3255 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3256 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 3256 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3257 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 3257 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3258 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 3258 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3259 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 3259 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3260 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 3260 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3261 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 3261 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3262 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 3262 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3263 3263
3264 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 3264 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
3265 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 3265 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3266 3266
3267 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 3267 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
3268 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 3268 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3269 3269
3270 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 3270 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
3271 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 3271 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3272 3272
3273 - legacy image format: 3273 - legacy image format:
3274 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 3274 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3275 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. 3275 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3276 3276
3277 Default: 3277 Default:
3278 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. 3278 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3279 3279
3280 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY 3280 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3281 disable the legacy image format 3281 disable the legacy image format
3282 3282
3283 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is 3283 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3284 enabled per default for backward compatibility. 3284 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3285 3285
3286 - FIT image support: 3286 - FIT image support:
3287 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256 3287 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3288 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size. 3288 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3289 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled 3289 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3290 with this option. 3290 with this option.
3291 3291
3292 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive, 3292 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3293 and move it to Kconfig 3293 and move it to Kconfig
3294 3294
3295 - Standalone program support: 3295 - Standalone program support:
3296 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 3296 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3297 3297
3298 This option defines a board specific value for the 3298 This option defines a board specific value for the
3299 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 3299 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3300 overwriting the architecture dependent default 3300 overwriting the architecture dependent default
3301 settings. 3301 settings.
3302 3302
3303 - Frame Buffer Address: 3303 - Frame Buffer Address:
3304 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 3304 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3305 3305
3306 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 3306 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
3307 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 3307 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3308 when using a graphics controller has separate video 3308 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3309 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 3309 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3310 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 3310 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3311 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 3311 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3312 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 3312 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3313 configured panel size. 3313 configured panel size.
3314 3314
3315 Please see board_init_f function. 3315 Please see board_init_f function.
3316 3316
3317 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 3317 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3318 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 3318 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3319 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 3319 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3320 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 3320 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3321 3321
3322 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 3322 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3323 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 3323 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3324 3324
3325 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 3325 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3326 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 3326 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3327 3327
3328 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 3328 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3329 Needed for mtdparts command support. 3329 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3330 3330
3331 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 3331 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3332 3332
3333 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 3333 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3334 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 3334 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3335 3335
3336 - UBI support 3336 - UBI support
3337 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 3337 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3338 3338
3339 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 3339 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3340 with the UBI flash translation layer 3340 with the UBI flash translation layer
3341 3341
3342 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 3342 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3343 3343
3344 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3344 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3345 3345
3346 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 3346 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3347 warnings and errors enabled. 3347 warnings and errors enabled.
3348 3348
3349 3349
3350 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD 3350 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3351 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest 3351 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3352 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks 3352 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3353 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing 3353 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3354 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase 3354 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3355 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter. 3355 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3356 3356
3357 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and 3357 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3358 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more. 3358 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3359 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock 3359 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3360 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g., 3360 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3361 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2). 3361 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3362 3362
3363 default: 4096 3363 default: 4096
3364 3364
3365 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT 3365 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3366 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI 3366 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3367 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the 3367 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3368 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR 3368 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3369 flash), this value is ignored. 3369 flash), this value is ignored.
3370 3370
3371 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM 3371 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3372 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime. 3372 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3373 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks 3373 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3374 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)", 3374 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3375 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total 3375 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3376 count of eraseblocks on the chip). 3376 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3377 3377
3378 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to 3378 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3379 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks 3379 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3380 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire 3380 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3381 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means 3381 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3382 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad 3382 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3383 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same 3383 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3384 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a 3384 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3385 partition. 3385 partition.
3386 3386
3387 default: 20 3387 default: 20
3388 3388
3389 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP 3389 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3390 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device 3390 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3391 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it 3391 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3392 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device. 3392 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3393 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach 3393 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3394 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where 3394 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3395 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install 3395 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3396 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter 3396 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3397 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note 3397 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3398 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations 3398 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3399 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap 3399 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3400 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps. 3400 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3401 3401
3402 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT 3402 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3403 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images 3403 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3404 without a fastmap. 3404 without a fastmap.
3405 default: 0 3405 default: 0
3406 3406
3407 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG 3407 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3408 Enable UBI fastmap debug 3408 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3409 default: 0 3409 default: 0
3410 3410
3411 - UBIFS support 3411 - UBIFS support
3412 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 3412 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3413 3413
3414 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 3414 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3415 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 3415 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3416 3416
3417 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 3417 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3418 3418
3419 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3419 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3420 3420
3421 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 3421 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3422 warnings and errors enabled. 3422 warnings and errors enabled.
3423 3423
3424 - SPL framework 3424 - SPL framework
3425 CONFIG_SPL 3425 CONFIG_SPL
3426 Enable building of SPL globally. 3426 Enable building of SPL globally.
3427 3427
3428 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 3428 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3429 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 3429 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3430 3430
3431 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 3431 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3432 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 3432 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3433 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 3433 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3434 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3434 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3435 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3435 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3436 must not be both defined at the same time. 3436 must not be both defined at the same time.
3437 3437
3438 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 3438 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
3439 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 3439 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3440 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 3440 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3441 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 3441 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3442 not exceed it. 3442 not exceed it.
3443 3443
3444 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 3444 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3445 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 3445 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
3446 3446
3447 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 3447 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3448 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 3448 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3449 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 3449 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3450 3450
3451 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 3451 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3452 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 3452 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3453 3453
3454 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3454 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3455 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 3455 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3456 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 3456 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3457 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3457 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3458 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3458 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3459 must not be both defined at the same time. 3459 must not be both defined at the same time.
3460 3460
3461 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 3461 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3462 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 3462 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3463 3463
3464 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE 3464 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3465 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has 3465 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3466 loaded does not have a signature. 3466 loaded does not have a signature.
3467 Defining this is useful when code which loads images 3467 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3468 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors 3468 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3469 will be caught. 3469 will be caught.
3470 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will 3470 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3471 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad, 3471 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3472 and thus should be skipped silently. 3472 and thus should be skipped silently.
3473 3473
3474 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE 3474 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3475 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method 3475 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
3476 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature. 3476 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
3477 3477
3478 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 3478 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3479 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 3479 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3480 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 3480 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3481 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 3481 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3482 3482
3483 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 3483 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3484 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3484 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3485 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and 3485 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3486 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc() 3486 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3487 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined. 3487 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
3488 3488
3489 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 3489 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3490 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3490 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3491 3491
3492 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3492 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3493 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3493 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3494 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3494 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3495 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3495 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3496 3496
3497 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT 3497 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3498 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. 3498 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3499 See also: doc/README.falcon 3499 See also: doc/README.falcon
3500 3500
3501 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3501 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3502 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3502 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3503 about the running system. 3503 about the running system.
3504 3504
3505 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3505 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3506 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3506 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3507 3507
3508 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 3508 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3509 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 3509 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
3510 3510
3511 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 3511 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3512 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 3512 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
3513 3513
3514 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 3514 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3515 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 3515 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
3516 3516
3517 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 3517 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3518 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 3518 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
3519 3519
3520 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 3520 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3521 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 3521 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
3522 3522
3523 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 3523 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3524 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 3524 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3525 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 3525 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3526 when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 3526 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3527 3527
3528 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION 3528 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3529 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being 3529 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3530 used in raw mode 3530 used in raw mode
3531 3531
3532 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3532 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3533 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3533 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3534 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3534 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3535 3535
3536 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3536 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3537 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3537 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3538 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3538 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3539 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3539 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3540 (for falcon mode) 3540 (for falcon mode)
3541 3541
3542 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION 3542 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3543 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being 3543 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3544 used in fs mode 3544 used in fs mode
3545 3545
3546 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 3546 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3547 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 3547 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3548 3548
3549 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT 3549 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3550 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary 3550 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
3551 3551
3552 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3552 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3553 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem 3553 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3554 3554
3555 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3555 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3556 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3556 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3557 from filesystem (for Falcon mode) 3557 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
3558 3558
3559 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3559 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3560 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3560 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3561 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode) 3561 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
3562 3562
3563 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3563 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3564 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3564 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3565 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3565 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3566 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3566 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3567 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3567 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3568 3568
3569 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE 3569 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3570 Avoid SPL relocation 3570 Avoid SPL relocation
3571 3571
3572 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3572 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3573 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3573 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3574 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3574 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3575 3575
3576 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3576 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3577 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3577 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3578 3578
3579 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3579 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3580 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3580 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3581 3581
3582 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3582 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
3583 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3583 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3584 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3584 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
3585 3585
3586 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT 3586 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3587 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for 3587 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3588 environment on NAND support within SPL. 3588 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3589 3589
3590 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY 3590 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3591 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only 3591 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3592 if you need to save space. 3592 if you need to save space.
3593 3593
3594 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT 3594 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3595 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for 3595 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3596 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. 3596 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3597 3597
3598 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR 3598 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3599 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in 3599 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3600 SPL binary. 3600 SPL binary.
3601 3601
3602 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3602 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3603 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3603 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3604 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3604 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3605 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3605 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3606 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3606 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3607 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3607 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
3608 to read U-Boot 3608 to read U-Boot
3609 3609
3610 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT 3610 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3611 Add support NAND boot 3611 Add support NAND boot
3612 3612
3613 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3613 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
3614 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3614 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3615 3615
3616 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3616 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3617 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3617 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3618 3618
3619 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3619 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3620 Size of image to load 3620 Size of image to load
3621 3621
3622 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3622 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
3623 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3623 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
3624 3624
3625 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3625 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3626 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3626 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3627 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms. 3627 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
3628 3628
3629 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3629 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3630 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3630 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3631 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3631 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3632 3632
3633 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3633 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3634 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3634 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
3635 3635
3636 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3636 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3637 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3637 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
3638 3638
3639 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3639 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3640 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3640 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
3641 3641
3642 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3642 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3643 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3643 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3644 3644
3645 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3645 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3646 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3646 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
3647 3647
3648 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT 3648 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3649 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary 3649 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3650 3650
3651 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT 3651 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3652 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. 3652 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3653 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by 3653 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3654 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE 3654 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3655 3655
3656 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3656 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
3657 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3657 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3658 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3658 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3659 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3659 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3660 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3660 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3661 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3661 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3662 3662
3663 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3663 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3664 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3664 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3665 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3665 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3666 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3666 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3667 3667
3668 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3668 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3669 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3669 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3670 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3670 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3671 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3671 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3672 bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3672 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3673 3673
3674 - TPL framework 3674 - TPL framework
3675 CONFIG_TPL 3675 CONFIG_TPL
3676 Enable building of TPL globally. 3676 Enable building of TPL globally.
3677 3677
3678 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO 3678 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3679 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending 3679 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3680 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3680 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3681 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3681 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3682 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3682 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3683 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3683 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3684 3684
3685 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3685 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3686 3686
3687 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3687 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3688 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3688 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3689 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3689 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3690 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3690 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3691 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3691 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3692 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3692 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3693 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3693 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3694 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3694 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3695 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3695 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3696 general timer_interrupt(). 3696 general timer_interrupt().
3697 3697
3698 3698
3699 Board initialization settings: 3699 Board initialization settings:
3700 ------------------------------ 3700 ------------------------------
3701 3701
3702 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3702 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3703 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3703 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3704 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3704 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3705 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3705 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3706 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3706 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3707 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3707 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3708 3708
3709 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3709 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3710 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3710 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3711 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3711 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3712 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3712 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3713 3713
3714 Configuration Settings: 3714 Configuration Settings:
3715 ----------------------- 3715 -----------------------
3716 3716
3717 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. 3717 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3718 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. 3718 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3719 3719
3720 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3720 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3721 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3721 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3722 3722
3723 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3723 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3724 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3724 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3725 3725
3726 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3726 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3727 prompt for user input. 3727 prompt for user input.
3728 3728
3729 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3729 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3730 3730
3731 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3731 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3732 3732
3733 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3733 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3734 3734
3735 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3735 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3736 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3736 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3737 booted 3737 booted
3738 3738
3739 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3739 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3740 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3740 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3741 3741
3742 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3742 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
3743 Suppress display of console information at boot. 3743 Suppress display of console information at boot.
3744 3744
3745 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3745 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
3746 If the board specific function 3746 If the board specific function
3747 extern int overwrite_console (void); 3747 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3748 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3748 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
3749 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3749 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3750 3750
3751 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3751 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
3752 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3752 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
3753 3753
3754 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3754 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
3755 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3755 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3756 3756
3757 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3757 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3758 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3758 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3759 simple memory test. 3759 simple memory test.
3760 3760
3761 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3761 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3762 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3762 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3763 3763
3764 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3764 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3765 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3765 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3766 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3766 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3767 3767
3768 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 3768 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
3769 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
3769 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory 3770 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3770 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS. 3771 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3771 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable 3772 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
3772 gd->secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems 3773 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
3773 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks, 3774 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3774 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address. 3775 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3775 3776
3776 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE: 3777 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
3777 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3778 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3778 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3779 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3779 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3780 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3780 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3781 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3781 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3782 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3782 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3783 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3783 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3784 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3784 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3785 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3785 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3786 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3786 3787
3787 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3788 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3788 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3789 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3789 be touched. 3790 be touched.
3790 3791
3791 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3792 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3792 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3793 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3793 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3794 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3794 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3795 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3795 problems. 3796 problems.
3796 3797
3797 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3798 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3798 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3799 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3799 3800
3800 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3801 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3801 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3802 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3802 3803
3803 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3804 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
3804 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3805 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3805 Cogent motherboard) 3806 Cogent motherboard)
3806 3807
3807 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3808 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3808 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3809 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3809 3810
3810 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3811 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3811 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3812 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3812 make config files to be same as the text base address 3813 make config files to be same as the text base address
3813 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3814 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3814 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3815 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3815 3816
3816 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3817 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3817 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3818 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3818 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3819 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3819 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3820 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3820 flash sector. 3821 flash sector.
3821 3822
3822 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3823 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3823 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3824 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3824 3825
3825 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN 3826 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3826 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If 3827 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3827 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation 3828 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3828 will become available before relocation. The address is just 3829 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3829 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make 3830 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3830 space. 3831 space.
3831 3832
3832 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses 3833 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3833 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc() 3834 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3834 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing. 3835 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3835 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when 3836 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
3836 U-Boot relocates itself. 3837 U-Boot relocates itself.
3837 3838
3838 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox 3839 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
3839 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs. 3840 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3840 3841
3841 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE 3842 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3842 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those 3843 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3843 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is 3844 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3844 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START). 3845 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3845 3846
3846 - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY: 3847 - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3847 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be 3848 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3848 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped 3849 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3849 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would 3850 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3850 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For 3851 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3851 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the 3852 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3852 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed 3853 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3853 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding 3854 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3854 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e. 3855 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3855 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the 3856 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3856 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of 3857 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3857 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has 3858 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3858 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can 3859 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3859 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for 3860 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3860 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g. 3861 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3861 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes). 3862 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3862 3863
3863 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present. 3864 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3864 3865
3865 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3866 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3866 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3867 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3867 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3868 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3868 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3869 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3869 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3870 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3870 3871
3871 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3872 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3872 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3873 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3873 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3874 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3874 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3875 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3875 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3876 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3876 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3877 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3877 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3878 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3878 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3879 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3879 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3880 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3880 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3881 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3881 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3882 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3882 3883
3883 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3884 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3884 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3885 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3885 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3886 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3886 is enabled. 3887 is enabled.
3887 3888
3888 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3889 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3889 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3890 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3890 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3891 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3891 3892
3892 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3893 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3893 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3894 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3894 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3895 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3895 3896
3896 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3897 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
3897 Max number of Flash memory banks 3898 Max number of Flash memory banks
3898 3899
3899 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3900 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
3900 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3901 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3901 3902
3902 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3903 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
3903 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3904 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3904 3905
3905 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3906 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
3906 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3907 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3907 3908
3908 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3909 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
3909 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3910 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3910 3911
3911 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3912 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
3912 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3913 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3913 3914
3914 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3915 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
3915 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3916 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3916 instead of U-Boot software protection. 3917 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3917 3918
3918 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3919 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
3919 3920
3920 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3921 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3921 without this option such a download has to be 3922 without this option such a download has to be
3922 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3923 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3923 copy from RAM to flash. 3924 copy from RAM to flash.
3924 3925
3925 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3926 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3926 you can check if the download worked before you erase 3927 you can check if the download worked before you erase
3927 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3928 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3928 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3929 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
3929 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3930 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3930 3931
3931 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3932 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
3932 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3933 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
3933 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3934 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3934 3935
3935 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3936 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
3936 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3937 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3937 in the drivers directory 3938 in the drivers directory
3938 3939
3939 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3940 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3940 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3941 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3941 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3942 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3942 to the MTD layer. 3943 to the MTD layer.
3943 3944
3944 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3945 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3945 Use buffered writes to flash. 3946 Use buffered writes to flash.
3946 3947
3947 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3948 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3948 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3949 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3949 write commands. 3950 write commands.
3950 3951
3951 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3952 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
3952 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3953 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3953 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3954 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3954 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3955 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3955 optionally available. 3956 optionally available.
3956 3957
3957 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3958 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3958 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3959 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3959 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3960 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3960 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3961 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3961 3962
3962 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3963 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3963 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3964 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3964 against the source after the write operation. An error message 3965 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3965 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3966 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3966 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3967 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3967 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3968 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3968 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3969 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3969 this option if you really know what you are doing. 3970 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3970 3971
3971 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3972 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
3972 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3973 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3973 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3974 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
3974 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3975 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3975 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3976 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
3976 on high Ethernet traffic. 3977 on high Ethernet traffic.
3977 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3978 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3978 3979
3979 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3980 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3980 3981
3981 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3982 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3982 internally to store the environment settings. The default 3983 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3983 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3984 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3984 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3985 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3985 lib/hashtable.c for details. 3986 lib/hashtable.c for details.
3986 3987
3987 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3988 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3988 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3989 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3989 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when 3990 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
3990 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3991 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3991 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3992 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3992 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3993 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3993 3994
3994 The format of the list is: 3995 The format of the list is:
3995 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3996 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3996 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c] 3997 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3997 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute] 3998 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
3998 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3999 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3999 list = entry[,list] 4000 list = entry[,list]
4000 4001
4001 The type attributes are: 4002 The type attributes are:
4002 s - String (default) 4003 s - String (default)
4003 d - Decimal 4004 d - Decimal
4004 x - Hexadecimal 4005 x - Hexadecimal
4005 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 4006 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4006 i - IP address 4007 i - IP address
4007 m - MAC address 4008 m - MAC address
4008 4009
4009 The access attributes are: 4010 The access attributes are:
4010 a - Any (default) 4011 a - Any (default)
4011 r - Read-only 4012 r - Read-only
4012 o - Write-once 4013 o - Write-once
4013 c - Change-default 4014 c - Change-default
4014 4015
4015 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 4016 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4016 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 4017 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4017 environment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4018 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4018 4019
4019 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 4020 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4020 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 4021 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4021 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 4022 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4022 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 4023 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4023 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 4024 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4024 ".flags" variable. 4025 ".flags" variable.
4025 4026
4026 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a 4027 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4027 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same 4028 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4028 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable. 4029 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4029 4030
4030 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 4031 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4031 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 4032 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4032 access flags. 4033 access flags.
4033 4034
4034 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 4035 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4035 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 4036 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4036 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 4037 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4037 the value can be calculated on a given board. 4038 the value can be calculated on a given board.
4038 4039
4039 - CONFIG_USE_STDINT 4040 - CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4040 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this 4041 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4041 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when 4042 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4042 building U-Boot to enable this. 4043 building U-Boot to enable this.
4043 4044
4044 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 4045 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4045 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 4046 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4046 following configurations: 4047 following configurations:
4047 4048
4048 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 4049 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4049 4050
4050 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 4051 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4051 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 4052 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4052 4053
4053 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 4054 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
4054 4055
4055 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 4056 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4056 4057
4057 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 4058 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4058 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 4059 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4059 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 4060 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4060 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 4061 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4061 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 4062 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4062 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 4063 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4063 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 4064 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4064 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 4065 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4065 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 4066 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4066 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 4067 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4067 between U-Boot and the environment. 4068 between U-Boot and the environment.
4068 4069
4069 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4070 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4070 4071
4071 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 4072 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4072 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 4073 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4073 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 4074 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4074 for this sector is given here. 4075 for this sector is given here.
4075 4076
4076 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 4077 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
4077 4078
4078 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4079 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4079 4080
4080 This is just another way to specify the start address of 4081 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4081 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 4082 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
4082 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 4083 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
4083 4084
4084 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 4085 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4085 4086
4086 Size of the sector containing the environment. 4087 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4087 4088
4088 4089
4089 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 4090 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4090 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 4091 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4091 the environment. 4092 the environment.
4092 4093
4093 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4094 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4094 4095
4095 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 4096 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
4096 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 4097 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
4097 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 4098 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4098 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 4099 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4099 4100
4100 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 4101 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4101 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 4102 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4102 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 4103 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4103 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 4104 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4104 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 4105 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4105 updating the environment in flash makes it always 4106 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4106 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 4107 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4107 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 4108 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4108 RAM, your target system will be dead. 4109 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4109 4110
4110 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 4111 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4111 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 4112 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
4112 4113
4113 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 4114 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
4114 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 4115 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
4115 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 4116 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
4116 a "saveenv" operation. 4117 a "saveenv" operation.
4117 4118
4118 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 4119 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4119 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 4120 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4120 accordingly! 4121 accordingly!
4121 4122
4122 4123
4123 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 4124 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
4124 4125
4125 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 4126 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4126 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 4127 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4127 environment. 4128 environment.
4128 4129
4129 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4130 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4130 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4131 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4131 4132
4132 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 4133 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
4133 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 4134 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4134 can just be read and written to, without any special 4135 can just be read and written to, without any special
4135 provision. 4136 provision.
4136 4137
4137 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 4138 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4138 in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the 4139 in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
4139 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 4140 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
4140 U-Boot will hang. 4141 U-Boot will hang.
4141 4142
4142 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 4143 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4143 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 4144 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4144 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 4145 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4145 to save the current settings. 4146 to save the current settings.
4146 4147
4147 4148
4148 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 4149 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
4149 4150
4150 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 4151 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4151 device and a driver for it. 4152 device and a driver for it.
4152 4153
4153 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4154 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4154 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4155 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4155 4156
4156 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 4157 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4157 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 4158 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4158 4159
4159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 4160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
4160 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 4161 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4161 The default address is zero. 4162 The default address is zero.
4162 4163
4163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS: 4164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4164 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device. 4165 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4165 4166
4166 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 4167 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
4167 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 4168 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4168 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 4169 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4169 would require six bits. 4170 would require six bits.
4170 4171
4171 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 4172 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
4172 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 4173 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
4173 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 4174 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
4174 4175
4175 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 4176 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
4176 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 4177 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4177 that this is NOT the chip address length! 4178 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4178 4179
4179 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 4180 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
4180 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 4181 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4181 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 4182 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4182 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 4183 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4183 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 4184 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4184 byte chips. 4185 byte chips.
4185 4186
4186 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 4187 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4187 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 4188 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4188 in the chip address. 4189 in the chip address.
4189 4190
4190 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 4191 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
4191 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 4192 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4192 4193
4193 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 4194 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4194 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 4195 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4195 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 4196 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4196 4197
4197 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 4198 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4198 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 4199 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4199 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 4200 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4200 EEPROM. For example: 4201 EEPROM. For example:
4201 4202
4202 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 4203 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
4203 4204
4204 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 4205 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4205 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 4206 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
4206 4207
4207 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 4208 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
4208 4209
4209 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 4210 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
4210 want to use for the environment. 4211 want to use for the environment.
4211 4212
4212 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4213 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4213 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4214 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4214 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4215 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4215 4216
4216 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 4217 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4217 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 4218 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4218 at the specified address. 4219 at the specified address.
4219 4220
4220 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH: 4221 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4221 4222
4222 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you 4223 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4223 want to use for the environment. 4224 want to use for the environment.
4224 4225
4225 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4226 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4226 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4227 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4227 4228
4228 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 4229 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4229 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 4230 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4230 aligned to an erase sector boundary. 4231 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4231 4232
4232 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 4233 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4233 4234
4234 Define the SPI flash's sector size. 4235 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4235 4236
4236 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4237 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4237 4238
4238 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 4239 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4239 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 4240 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4240 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 4241 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4241 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 4242 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4242 aligned to an erase sector boundary. 4243 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4243 4244
4244 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional): 4245 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4245 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional): 4246 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4246 4247
4247 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0. 4248 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4248 4249
4249 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional): 4250 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4250 4251
4251 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz. 4252 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4252 4253
4253 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional): 4254 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4254 4255
4255 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3. 4256 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4256 4257
4257 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 4258 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4258 4259
4259 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 4260 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4260 want to use for the local device's environment. 4261 want to use for the local device's environment.
4261 4262
4262 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4263 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4263 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4264 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4264 4265
4265 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 4266 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4266 environment area within the remote memory space. The 4267 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4267 local device can get the environment from remote memory 4268 local device can get the environment from remote memory
4268 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 4269 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
4269 4270
4270 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 4271 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4271 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 4272 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
4272 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 4273 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4273 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 4274 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
4274 4275
4275 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 4276 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
4276 4277
4277 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 4278 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4278 for the environment. 4279 for the environment.
4279 4280
4280 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4281 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4281 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4282 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4282 4283
4283 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4284 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4284 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 4285 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4285 aligned to an erase block boundary. 4286 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4286 4287
4287 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4288 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4288 4289
4289 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 4290 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4290 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 4291 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4291 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 4292 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4292 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 4293 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4293 aligned to an erase block boundary. 4294 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4294 4295
4295 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 4296 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4296 4297
4297 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 4298 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4298 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 4299 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4299 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 4300 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4300 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 4301 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4301 the range to be avoided. 4302 the range to be avoided.
4302 4303
4303 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 4304 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4304 4305
4305 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 4306 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4306 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 4307 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4307 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 4308 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4308 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 4309 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4309 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 4310 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
4310 4311
4311 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 4312 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4312 4313
4313 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 4314 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4314 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 4315 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4315 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4316 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4316 4317
4317 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 4318 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4318 4319
4319 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 4320 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4320 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 4321 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4321 accesses, which is important on NAND. 4322 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4322 4323
4323 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 4324 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4324 4325
4325 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 4326 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4326 4327
4327 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 4328 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4328 4329
4329 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 4330 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4330 environment in. 4331 environment in.
4331 4332
4332 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 4333 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4333 4334
4334 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 4335 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4335 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 4336 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4336 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 4337 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4337 4338
4338 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 4339 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4339 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 4340 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4340 4341
4341 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 4342 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4342 when storing the env in UBI. 4343 when storing the env in UBI.
4343 4344
4344 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT: 4345 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4345 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment. 4346 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4346 4347
4347 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE: 4348 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4348 4349
4349 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device. 4350 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4350 4351
4351 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART: 4352 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4352 4353
4353 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can 4354 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4354 be as following: 4355 be as following:
4355 4356
4356 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1) 4357 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4357 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no 4358 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4358 partition table. 4359 partition table.
4359 - "D:0": device D. 4360 - "D:0": device D.
4360 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition 4361 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4361 table, or the whole device D if has no partition 4362 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4362 table. 4363 table.
4363 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set. 4364 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4364 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no 4365 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
4365 partition table then means device D. 4366 partition table then means device D.
4366 4367
4367 - FAT_ENV_FILE: 4368 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4368 4369
4369 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the 4370 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4370 environment. 4371 environment.
4371 4372
4372 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE: 4373 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4373 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file. 4374 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
4374 4375
4375 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 4376 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4376 4377
4377 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 4378 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4378 environment. 4379 environment.
4379 4380
4380 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 4381 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4381 4382
4382 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 4383 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4383 4384
4384 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 4385 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4385 4386
4386 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 4387 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4387 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 4388 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4388 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 4389 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4389 4390
4390 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4391 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4391 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4392 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4392 4393
4393 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4394 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4394 area within the specified MMC device. 4395 area within the specified MMC device.
4395 4396
4396 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 4397 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4397 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 4398 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4398 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 4399 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4399 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 4400 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4400 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 4401 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4401 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 4402 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4402 maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 4403 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4403 4404
4404 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 4405 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4405 MMC sector boundary. 4406 MMC sector boundary.
4406 4407
4407 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4408 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4408 4409
4409 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 4410 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4410 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 4411 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4411 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 4412 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4412 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 4413 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4413 4414
4414 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 4415 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4415 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 4416 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4416 4417
4417 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 4418 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4418 an MMC sector boundary. 4419 an MMC sector boundary.
4419 4420
4420 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 4421 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4421 4422
4422 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 4423 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4423 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 4424 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4424 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4425 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4425 4426
4426 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 4427 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
4427 4428
4428 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 4429 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4429 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 4430 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4430 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 4431 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4431 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 4432 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4432 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 4433 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4433 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 4434 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4434 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 4435 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4435 4436
4436 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 4437 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
4437 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 4438 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
4438 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 4439 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
4439 until then to read environment variables. 4440 until then to read environment variables.
4440 4441
4441 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 4442 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4442 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 4443 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4443 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 4444 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4444 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 4445 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4445 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 4446 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4446 have any device yet where we could complain.] 4447 have any device yet where we could complain.]
4447 4448
4448 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 4449 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4449 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 4450 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
4450 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 4451 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
4451 4452
4452 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 4453 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
4453 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 4454 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
4454 4455
4455 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 4456 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
4456 also needs to be defined. 4457 also needs to be defined.
4457 4458
4458 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 4459 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
4459 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 4460 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
4460 4461
4461 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 4462 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4462 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 4463 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4463 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 4464 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4464 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 4465 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4465 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 4466 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4466 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 4467 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4467 4468
4468 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 4469 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4469 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 4470 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4470 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 4471 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4471 to do this. 4472 to do this.
4472 4473
4473 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 4474 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4474 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 4475 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4475 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 4476 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4476 present. 4477 present.
4477 4478
4478 - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT: 4479 - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4479 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the 4480 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4480 build system checks that the actual size does not 4481 build system checks that the actual size does not
4481 exceed it. 4482 exceed it.
4482 4483
4483 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 4484 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
4484 --------------------------------------------------- 4485 ---------------------------------------------------
4485 4486
4486 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 4487 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
4487 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 4488 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4488 4489
4489 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 4490 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
4490 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 4491 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
4491 4492
4492 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 4493 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4493 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 4494 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4494 the IMMR register after a reset. 4495 the IMMR register after a reset.
4495 4496
4496 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 4497 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4497 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 4498 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4498 PowerPC SOCs. 4499 PowerPC SOCs.
4499 4500
4500 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 4501 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4501 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 4502 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4502 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 4503 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4503 4504
4504 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 4505 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4505 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 4506 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4506 4507
4507 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 4508 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4508 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 4509 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4509 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 4510 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
4510 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 4511 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
4511 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 4512 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4512 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 4513 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4513 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 4514 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4514 4515
4515 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 4516 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4516 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 4517 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4517 4518
4518 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 4519 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4519 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 4520 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4520 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 4521 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
4521 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4522 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4522 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4523 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4523 4524
4524 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 4525 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4525 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 4526 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4526 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4527 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4527 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4528 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4528 4529
4529 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 4530 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4530 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 4531 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4531 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 4532 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4532 4533
4533 - Floppy Disk Support: 4534 - Floppy Disk Support:
4534 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 4535 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
4535 4536
4536 the default drive number (default value 0) 4537 the default drive number (default value 0)
4537 4538
4538 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 4539 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
4539 4540
4540 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 4541 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
4541 (default value 1) 4542 (default value 1)
4542 4543
4543 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 4544 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
4544 4545
4545 defines the offset of register from address. It 4546 defines the offset of register from address. It
4546 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 4547 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
4547 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 4548 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
4548 4549
4549 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 4550 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4550 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 4551 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
4551 default value. 4552 default value.
4552 4553
4553 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 4554 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
4554 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 4555 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4555 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 4556 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4556 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent 4557 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
4557 initializations. 4558 initializations.
4558 4559
4559 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 4560 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4560 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 4561 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4561 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 4562 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4562 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 4563 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4563 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 4564 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4564 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 4565 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4565 is required. 4566 is required.
4566 4567
4567 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 4568 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
4568 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 4569 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
4569 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 4570 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
4570 4571
4571 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 4572 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
4572 4573
4573 Start address of memory area that can be used for 4574 Start address of memory area that can be used for
4574 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 4575 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4575 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 4576 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4576 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 4577 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4577 will become available only after programming the 4578 will become available only after programming the
4578 memory controller and running certain initialization 4579 memory controller and running certain initialization
4579 sequences. 4580 sequences.
4580 4581
4581 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 4582 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4582 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 4583 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4583 - MPC824X: data cache 4584 - MPC824X: data cache
4584 - PPC4xx: data cache 4585 - PPC4xx: data cache
4585 4586
4586 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 4587 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
4587 4588
4588 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 4589 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
4589 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 4590 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4590 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 4591 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
4591 data is located at the end of the available space 4592 data is located at the end of the available space
4592 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 4593 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
4593 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 4594 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4594 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 4595 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4595 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 4596 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
4596 4597
4597 Note: 4598 Note:
4598 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 4599 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4599 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 4600 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
4600 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 4601 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
4601 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 4602 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4602 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 4603 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4603 4604
4604 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 4605 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
4605 4606
4606 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 4607 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
4607 4608
4608 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 4609 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
4609 4610
4610 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 4611 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
4611 4612
4612 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 4613 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
4613 4614
4614 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 4615 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
4615 4616
4616 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 4617 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
4617 SDRAM timing 4618 SDRAM timing
4618 4619
4619 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 4620 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
4620 periodic timer for refresh 4621 periodic timer for refresh
4621 4622
4622 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 4623 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
4623 4624
4624 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 4625 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4625 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4626 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4626 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4627 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4627 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4628 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
4628 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4629 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4629 4630
4630 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4631 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
4631 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4632 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4632 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4633 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
4633 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4634 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4634 4635
4635 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4636 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4636 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4637 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
4637 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4638 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4638 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4639 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4639 4640
4640 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4641 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4641 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4642 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4642 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4643 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4643 4644
4644 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4645 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4645 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4646 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4646 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4647 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4647 4648
4648 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4649 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4649 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4650 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4650 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4651 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4651 4652
4652 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 4653 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
4653 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 4654 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4654 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 4655 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4655 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 4656 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4656 4657
4657 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4658 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
4658 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4659 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4659 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4660 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4660 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4661 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4661 cpm_8260.h. 4662 cpm_8260.h.
4662 4663
4663 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4664 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4664 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4665 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4665 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4666 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4666 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4667 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4667 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4668 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4668 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4669 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4669 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4670 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4670 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4671 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
4671 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4672 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
4672 4673
4673 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4674 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4674 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4675 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4675 required. 4676 required.
4676 4677
4677 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4678 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4678 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses. 4679 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
4679 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4680 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4680 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4681 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4681 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4682 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4682 by coreboot or similar. 4683 by coreboot or similar.
4683 4684
4684 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4685 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4685 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4686 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4686 4687
4687 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4688 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4688 Chip has SRIO or not 4689 Chip has SRIO or not
4689 4690
4690 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 4691 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
4691 Board has SRIO 1 port available 4692 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4692 4693
4693 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 4694 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
4694 Board has SRIO 2 port available 4695 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4695 4696
4696 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4697 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4697 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4698 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4698 4699
4699 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4700 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4700 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4701 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4701 4702
4702 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4703 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4703 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4704 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4704 4705
4705 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4706 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4706 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4707 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4707 4708
4708 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4709 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4709 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4710 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4710 a 16 bit bus. 4711 a 16 bit bus.
4711 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4712 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
4712 Example of drivers that use it: 4713 Example of drivers that use it:
4713 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4714 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
4714 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4715 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
4715 4716
4716 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4717 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4717 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4718 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4718 a default value will be used. 4719 a default value will be used.
4719 4720
4720 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4721 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
4721 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4722 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4722 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4723 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4723 4724
4724 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4725 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4725 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4726 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4726 4727
4727 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4728 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
4728 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4729 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4729 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4730 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4730 to something your driver can deal with. 4731 to something your driver can deal with.
4731 4732
4732 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4733 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4733 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4734 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4734 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4735 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4735 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4736 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4736 header files or board specific files. 4737 header files or board specific files.
4737 4738
4738 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4739 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4739 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4740 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4740 4741
4741 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH 4742 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4742 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers. 4743 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4743 4744
4744 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST 4745 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4745 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers. 4746 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4746 4747
4747 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4748 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
4748 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4749 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4749 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4750 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
4750 4751
4751 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4752 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4752 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4753 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4753 4754
4754 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4755 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4755 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4756 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
4756 to the given FEC; i. e. 4757 to the given FEC; i. e.
4757 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4758 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
4758 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4759 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4759 4760
4760 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4761 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4761 4762
4762 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4763 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4763 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4764 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4764 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4765 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4765 4766
4766 - CONFIG_RMII 4767 - CONFIG_RMII
4767 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4768 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4768 Note that this is a global option, we can't 4769 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4769 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4770 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4770 4771
4771 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4772 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4772 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4773 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4773 The syntax is: 4774 The syntax is:
4774 4775
4775 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4776 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4776 4777
4777 Where address/count indicate a memory area 4778 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4778 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4779 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4779 area should have. 4780 area should have.
4780 4781
4781 - CONFIG_LOOPW 4782 - CONFIG_LOOPW
4782 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4783 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
4783 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4784 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4784 4785
4785 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4786 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4786 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4787 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4787 "md/mw" commands. 4788 "md/mw" commands.
4788 Examples: 4789 Examples:
4789 4790
4790 => mdc.b 10 4 500 4791 => mdc.b 10 4 500
4791 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4792 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4792 4793
4793 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4794 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
4794 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4795 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4795 4796
4796 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4797 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
4797 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4798 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4798 4799
4799 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4800 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
4800 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4801 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
4801 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4802 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4802 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4803 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4803 relocate itself into RAM. 4804 relocate itself into RAM.
4804 4805
4805 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4806 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4806 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4807 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4807 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4808 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4808 these initializations itself. 4809 these initializations itself.
4809 4810
4810 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY 4811 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4811 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init() 4812 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
4812 to be skipped. The normal CPU15 init (such as enabling the 4813 to be skipped. The normal CPU15 init (such as enabling the
4813 instruction cache) is still performed. 4814 instruction cache) is still performed.
4814 4815
4815 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4816 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
4816 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4817 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4817 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4818 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4818 compiling a NAND SPL. 4819 compiling a NAND SPL.
4819 4820
4820 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD 4821 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4821 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4822 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4822 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. 4823 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4823 It is loaded by the SPL. 4824 It is loaded by the SPL.
4824 4825
4825 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4826 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4826 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4827 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4827 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4828 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4828 previous 4k of the .text section. 4829 previous 4k of the .text section.
4829 4830
4830 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4831 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4831 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4832 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4832 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4833 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4833 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4834 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4834 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4835 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4835 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4836 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4836 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4837 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4837 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4838 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4838 4839
4839 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4840 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4840 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4841 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4841 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4842 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4842 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4843 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4843 conditions but may increase the binary size. 4844 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4844 4845
4845 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4846 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4846 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4847 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4847 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4848 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
4848 4849
4849 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4850 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4850 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4851 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4851 4852
4852 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4853 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
4853 4854
4854 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: 4855 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4855 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms 4856 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4856 4857
4857 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE 4858 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4858 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver 4859 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4859 driver that uses this: 4860 driver that uses this:
4860 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c 4861 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4861 4862
4862 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4863 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4863 ----------------------------------- 4864 -----------------------------------
4864 4865
4865 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4866 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4866 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4867 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4867 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4868 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4868 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4869 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4869 within that device. 4870 within that device.
4870 4871
4871 - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4872 - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4872 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The 4873 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4873 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4874 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4874 is also specified. 4875 is also specified.
4875 4876
4876 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR 4877 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4877 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The 4878 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
4878 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4879 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4879 is also specified. 4880 is also specified.
4880 4881
4881 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4882 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4882 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4883 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4883 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4884 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4884 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4885 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4885 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4886 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4886 4887
4887 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4888 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4888 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4889 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4889 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4890 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4890 virtual address in NOR flash. 4891 virtual address in NOR flash.
4891 4892
4892 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4893 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4893 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4894 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4894 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4895 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4895 4896
4896 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4897 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4897 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4898 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4898 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4899 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4899 4900
4900 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4901 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4901 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4902 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4902 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4903 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4903 4904
4904 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4905 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4905 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4906 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4906 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4907 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
4907 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4908 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4908 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4909 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4909 master's memory space. 4910 master's memory space.
4910 4911
4911 Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support: 4912 Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4912 --------------------------------------------------------- 4913 ---------------------------------------------------------
4913 The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of 4914 The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4914 "firmware". 4915 "firmware".
4915 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4916 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4916 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4917 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4917 within that device. 4918 within that device.
4918 4919
4919 - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET 4920 - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4920 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs. 4921 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4921 4922
4922 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR 4923 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4923 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4924 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4924 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro 4925 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4925 is also specified. 4926 is also specified.
4926 4927
4927 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH 4928 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4928 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4929 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4929 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4930 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4930 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4931 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4931 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4932 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4932 4933
4933 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR 4934 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4934 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4935 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4935 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the 4936 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4936 virtual address in NOR flash. 4937 virtual address in NOR flash.
4937 4938
4938 Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support: 4939 Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4939 ------------------------------------------- 4940 -------------------------------------------
4940 The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of 4941 The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4941 "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom. 4942 "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4942 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting. 4943 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4943 4944
4944 - CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER 4945 - CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
4945 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs. 4946 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
4946 4947
4947 - CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE 4948 - CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
4948 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image 4949 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
4949 4950
4950 - CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN 4951 - CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4951 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires 4952 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
4952 4953
4953 Reproducible builds 4954 Reproducible builds
4954 ------------------- 4955 -------------------
4955 4956
4956 In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build 4957 In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4957 process have to be set to a fixed value. 4958 process have to be set to a fixed value.
4958 4959
4959 This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable. 4960 This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4960 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration 4961 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4961 option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot. 4962 option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4962 4963
4963 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC. 4964 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4964 4965
4965 Building the Software: 4966 Building the Software:
4966 ====================== 4967 ======================
4967 4968
4968 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4969 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4969 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4970 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4970 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4971 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4971 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4972 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4972 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4973 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4973 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4974 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
4974 4975
4975 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4976 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4976 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4977 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4977 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4978 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4978 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4979 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4979 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4980 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
4980 4981
4981 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4982 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4982 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4983 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
4983 4984
4984 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4985 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4985 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4986 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4986 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4987 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4987 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4988 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4988 4989
4989 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4990 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4990 4991
4991 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4992 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4992 be executed on computers running Windows. 4993 be executed on computers running Windows.
4993 4994
4994 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4995 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4995 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4996 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
4996 is done by typing: 4997 is done by typing:
4997 4998
4998 make NAME_defconfig 4999 make NAME_defconfig
4999 5000
5000 where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu- 5001 where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
5001 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 5002 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
5002 5003
5003 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 5004 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5004 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 5005 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5005 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 5006 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5006 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 5007 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
5007 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 5008 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
5008 5009
5009 make TQM823L_defconfig 5010 make TQM823L_defconfig
5010 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 5011 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
5011 5012
5012 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig 5013 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
5013 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 5014 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
5014 5015
5015 etc. 5016 etc.
5016 5017
5017 5018
5018 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 5019 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5019 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 5020 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
5020 5021
5021 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 5022 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5022 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 5023 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5023 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 5024 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
5024 5025
5025 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 5026 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5026 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 5027 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5027 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 5028 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5028 5029
5029 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 5030 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5030 5031
5031 make O=/tmp/build distclean 5032 make O=/tmp/build distclean
5032 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig 5033 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
5033 make O=/tmp/build all 5034 make O=/tmp/build all
5034 5035
5035 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location: 5036 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
5036 5037
5037 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build 5038 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
5038 make distclean 5039 make distclean
5039 make NAME_defconfig 5040 make NAME_defconfig
5040 make all 5041 make all
5041 5042
5042 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment 5043 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
5043 variable. 5044 variable.
5044 5045
5045 5046
5046 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 5047 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5047 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 5048 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5048 native "make". 5049 native "make".
5049 5050
5050 5051
5051 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 5052 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5052 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 5053 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5053 steps: 5054 steps:
5054 5055
5055 1. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 5056 1. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5056 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 5057 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5057 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c". 5058 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
5058 2. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 5059 2. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5059 your board. 5060 your board.
5060 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 5061 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5061 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 5062 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
5062 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name. 5063 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
5063 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 5064 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5064 to be installed on your target system. 5065 to be installed on your target system.
5065 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 5066 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5066 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 5067 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
5067 5068
5068 5069
5069 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 5070 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5070 ============================================================== 5071 ==============================================================
5071 5072
5072 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 5073 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5073 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 5074 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
5074 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 5075 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5075 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 5076 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
5076 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 5077 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
5077 5078
5078 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 5079 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5079 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 5080 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
5080 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 5081 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5081 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 5082 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
5082 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 5083 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5083 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 5084 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5084 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 5085 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5085 you can type 5086 you can type
5086 5087
5087 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 5088 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5088 5089
5089 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 5090 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
5090 5091
5091 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 5092 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
5092 5093
5093 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 5094 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5094 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 5095 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5095 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 5096 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5096 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 5097 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5097 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 5098 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5098 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 5099 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5099 variable. For example: 5100 variable. For example:
5100 5101
5101 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 5102 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5102 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 5103 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5103 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 5104 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5104 5105
5105 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 5106 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5106 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 5107 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5107 during the whole build process. 5108 during the whole build process.
5108 5109
5109 5110
5110 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 5111 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
5111 5112
5112 5113
5113 Monitor Commands - Overview: 5114 Monitor Commands - Overview:
5114 ============================ 5115 ============================
5115 5116
5116 go - start application at address 'addr' 5117 go - start application at address 'addr'
5117 run - run commands in an environment variable 5118 run - run commands in an environment variable
5118 bootm - boot application image from memory 5119 bootm - boot application image from memory
5119 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 5120 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
5120 bootz - boot zImage from memory 5121 bootz - boot zImage from memory
5121 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 5122 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5122 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 5123 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5123 (and eventually "gatewayip") 5124 (and eventually "gatewayip")
5124 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 5125 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
5125 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 5126 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5126 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 5127 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5127 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 5128 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5128 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 5129 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5129 md - memory display 5130 md - memory display
5130 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 5131 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5131 nm - memory modify (constant address) 5132 nm - memory modify (constant address)
5132 mw - memory write (fill) 5133 mw - memory write (fill)
5133 cp - memory copy 5134 cp - memory copy
5134 cmp - memory compare 5135 cmp - memory compare
5135 crc32 - checksum calculation 5136 crc32 - checksum calculation
5136 i2c - I2C sub-system 5137 i2c - I2C sub-system
5137 sspi - SPI utility commands 5138 sspi - SPI utility commands
5138 base - print or set address offset 5139 base - print or set address offset
5139 printenv- print environment variables 5140 printenv- print environment variables
5140 setenv - set environment variables 5141 setenv - set environment variables
5141 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 5142 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5142 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 5143 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5143 erase - erase FLASH memory 5144 erase - erase FLASH memory
5144 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 5145 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
5145 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 5146 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
5146 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 5147 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5147 iminfo - print header information for application image 5148 iminfo - print header information for application image
5148 coninfo - print console devices and informations 5149 coninfo - print console devices and informations
5149 ide - IDE sub-system 5150 ide - IDE sub-system
5150 loop - infinite loop on address range 5151 loop - infinite loop on address range
5151 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 5152 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
5152 mtest - simple RAM test 5153 mtest - simple RAM test
5153 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 5154 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5154 dcache - enable or disable data cache 5155 dcache - enable or disable data cache
5155 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 5156 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5156 echo - echo args to console 5157 echo - echo args to console
5157 version - print monitor version 5158 version - print monitor version
5158 help - print online help 5159 help - print online help
5159 ? - alias for 'help' 5160 ? - alias for 'help'
5160 5161
5161 5162
5162 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 5163 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5163 ======================================== 5164 ========================================
5164 5165
5165 TODO. 5166 TODO.
5166 5167
5167 For now: just type "help <command>". 5168 For now: just type "help <command>".
5168 5169
5169 5170
5170 Environment Variables: 5171 Environment Variables:
5171 ====================== 5172 ======================
5172 5173
5173 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 5174 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5174 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 5175 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
5175 5176
5176 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 5177 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5177 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 5178 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5178 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 5179 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5179 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 5180 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5180 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 5181 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5181 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 5182 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
5182 5183
5183 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 5184 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5184 5185
5185 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 5186 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
5186 5187
5187 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 5188 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
5188 5189
5189 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 5190 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
5190 5191
5191 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 5192 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
5192 5193
5193 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 5194 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
5194 5195
5195 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 5196 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
5196 5197
5197 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 5198 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5198 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 5199 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5199 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 5200 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5200 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 5201 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5201 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 5202 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5202 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 5203 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
5203 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 5204 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5204 bootm_mapsize. 5205 bootm_mapsize.
5205 5206
5206 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 5207 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
5207 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 5208 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5208 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 5209 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5209 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 5210 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5210 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 5211 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5211 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 5212 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5212 used otherwise. 5213 used otherwise.
5213 5214
5214 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 5215 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5215 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 5216 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5216 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 5217 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5217 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 5218 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5218 environment variable. 5219 environment variable.
5219 5220
5220 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 5221 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5221 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 5222 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5222 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 5223 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5223 5224
5224 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 5225 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5225 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 5226 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5226 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 5227 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5227 load any image using TFTP 5228 load any image using TFTP
5228 5229
5229 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 5230 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5230 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 5231 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5231 be automatically started (by internally calling 5232 be automatically started (by internally calling
5232 "bootm") 5233 "bootm")
5233 5234
5234 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 5235 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5235 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 5236 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5236 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 5237 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5237 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 5238 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5238 data. 5239 data.
5239 5240
5240 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 5241 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5241 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 5242 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
5242 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 5243 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5243 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 5244 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5244 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 5245 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5245 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 5246 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5246 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 5247 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5247 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 5248 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5248 access it during the boot procedure. 5249 access it during the boot procedure.
5249 5250
5250 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 5251 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5251 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 5252 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5252 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 5253 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5253 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 5254 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5254 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 5255 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5255 must be accessible by the kernel. 5256 must be accessible by the kernel.
5256 5257
5257 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 5258 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5258 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 5259 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5259 defined. 5260 defined.
5260 5261
5261 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 5262 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5262 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 5263 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5263 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 5264 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5264 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 5265 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5265 it must be saved and board must be reset. 5266 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5266 5267
5267 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 5268 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5268 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 5269 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5269 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 5270 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5270 is usually what you want since it allows for 5271 is usually what you want since it allows for
5271 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 5272 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5272 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 5273 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
5273 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 5274 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
5274 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 5275 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5275 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 5276 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5276 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 5277 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5277 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 5278 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
5278 5279
5279 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 5280 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5280 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 5281 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5281 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 5282 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5282 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 5283 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5283 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 5284 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5284 12 MB as well - this can be done with 5285 12 MB as well - this can be done with
5285 5286
5286 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 5287 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
5287 5288
5288 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 5289 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5289 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 5290 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5290 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 5291 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5291 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 5292 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5292 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 5293 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5293 boot time on your system, but requires that this 5294 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5294 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 5295 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
5295 5296
5296 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 5297 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
5297 5298
5298 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 5299 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5299 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 5300 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
5300 5301
5301 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 5302 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
5302 5303
5303 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 5304 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
5304 5305
5305 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 5306 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
5306 5307
5307 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 5308 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
5308 5309
5309 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 5310 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
5310 5311
5311 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 5312 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
5312 5313
5313 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 5314 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5314 For example you can do the following 5315 For example you can do the following
5315 5316
5316 => setenv ethact FEC 5317 => setenv ethact FEC
5317 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 5318 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5318 => setenv ethact SCC 5319 => setenv ethact SCC
5319 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 5320 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
5320 5321
5321 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 5322 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5322 available network interfaces. 5323 available network interfaces.
5323 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 5324 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5324 5325
5325 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 5326 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
5326 either succeed or fail without retrying. 5327 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5327 When set to "once" the network operation will 5328 When set to "once" the network operation will
5328 fail when all the available network interfaces 5329 fail when all the available network interfaces
5329 are tried once without success. 5330 are tried once without success.
5330 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 5331 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5331 themselves. 5332 themselves.
5332 5333
5333 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 5334 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
5334 5335
5335 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by 5336 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
5336 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be 5337 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5337 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If 5338 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5338 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console 5339 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5339 is silent. 5340 is silent.
5340 5341
5341 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 5342 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
5342 UDP source port. 5343 UDP source port.
5343 5344
5344 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 5345 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5345 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 5346 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5346 5347
5347 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 5348 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5348 we use the TFTP server's default block size 5349 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5349 5350
5350 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 5351 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5351 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 5352 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5352 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 5353 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5353 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 5354 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5354 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 5355 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5355 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 5356 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5356 with unreliable TFTP servers. 5357 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5357 5358
5358 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no 5359 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5359 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts 5360 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5360 can happen during a single file transfer before that 5361 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5361 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means 5362 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5362 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help 5363 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5363 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with 5364 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5364 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware. 5365 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5365 5366
5366 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 5367 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
5367 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 5368 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
5368 VLAN tagged frames. 5369 VLAN tagged frames.
5369 5370
5370 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries. 5371 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5371 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will 5372 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5372 be either the default (28000), or a value based on 5373 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5373 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has 5374 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5374 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT. 5375 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5375 5376
5376 The following image location variables contain the location of images 5377 The following image location variables contain the location of images
5377 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 5378 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5378 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 5379 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5379 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 5380 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5380 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 5381 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5381 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 5382 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5382 flash or offset in NAND flash. 5383 flash or offset in NAND flash.
5383 5384
5384 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 5385 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5385 boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some 5386 boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
5386 boards use these variables for other purposes. 5387 boards use these variables for other purposes.
5387 5388
5388 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 5389 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5389 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 5390 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
5390 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 5391 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5391 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 5392 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5392 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 5393 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5393 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 5394 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
5394 5395
5395 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 5396 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5396 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 5397 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5397 depending the information provided by your boot server: 5398 depending the information provided by your boot server:
5398 5399
5399 bootfile - see above 5400 bootfile - see above
5400 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 5401 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5401 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 5402 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5402 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 5403 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5403 hostname - Target hostname 5404 hostname - Target hostname
5404 ipaddr - see above 5405 ipaddr - see above
5405 netmask - Subnet Mask 5406 netmask - Subnet Mask
5406 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 5407 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5407 serverip - see above 5408 serverip - see above
5408 5409
5409 5410
5410 There are two special Environment Variables: 5411 There are two special Environment Variables:
5411 5412
5412 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 5413 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5413 as type string and/or serial number 5414 as type string and/or serial number
5414 ethaddr - Ethernet address 5415 ethaddr - Ethernet address
5415 5416
5416 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 5417 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5417 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 5418 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5418 once they have been set once. 5419 once they have been set once.
5419 5420
5420 5421
5421 Further special Environment Variables: 5422 Further special Environment Variables:
5422 5423
5423 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 5424 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5424 with the "version" command. This variable is 5425 with the "version" command. This variable is
5425 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 5426 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
5426 5427
5427 5428
5428 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 5429 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5429 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 5430 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
5430 5431
5431 5432
5432 Callback functions for environment variables: 5433 Callback functions for environment variables:
5433 --------------------------------------------- 5434 ---------------------------------------------
5434 5435
5435 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 5436 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5436 when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to 5437 when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
5437 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 5438 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5438 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 5439 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5439 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 5440 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5440 5441
5441 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 5442 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5442 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 5443 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5443 5444
5444 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 5445 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5445 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 5446 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5446 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 5447 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5447 associations. The list must be in the following format: 5448 associations. The list must be in the following format:
5448 5449
5449 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 5450 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5450 list = entry[,list] 5451 list = entry[,list]
5451 5452
5452 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 5453 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5453 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 5454 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5454 5455
5455 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 5456 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5456 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 5457 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5457 override any association in the static list. You can define 5458 override any association in the static list. You can define
5458 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 5459 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5459 ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment. 5460 ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5460 5461
5461 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a 5462 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5462 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to 5463 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5463 the same callback without explicitly listing them all out. 5464 the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5464 5465
5465 5466
5466 Command Line Parsing: 5467 Command Line Parsing:
5467 ===================== 5468 =====================
5468 5469
5469 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 5470 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5470 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 5471 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
5471 5472
5472 Old, simple command line parser: 5473 Old, simple command line parser:
5473 -------------------------------- 5474 --------------------------------
5474 5475
5475 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 5476 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5476 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 5477 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
5477 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 5478 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
5478 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 5479 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5479 for example: 5480 for example:
5480 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 5481 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
5481 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 5482 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5482 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 5483 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
5483 5484
5484 Hush shell: 5485 Hush shell:
5485 ----------- 5486 -----------
5486 5487
5487 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 5488 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5488 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 5489 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5489 until...do...done, ... 5490 until...do...done, ...
5490 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 5491 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5491 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 5492 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5492 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 5493 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5493 command 5494 command
5494 5495
5495 General rules: 5496 General rules:
5496 -------------- 5497 --------------
5497 5498
5498 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 5499 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5499 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 5500 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5500 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 5501 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5501 executed anyway. 5502 executed anyway.
5502 5503
5503 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 5504 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
5504 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 5505 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
5505 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 5506 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5506 variables are not executed. 5507 variables are not executed.
5507 5508
5508 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 5509 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5509 ======================================= 5510 =======================================
5510 5511
5511 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 5512 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
5512 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 5513 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5513 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 5514 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
5514 5515
5515 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 5516 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5516 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 5517 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5517 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 5518 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
5518 5519
5519 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 5520 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5520 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 5521 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5521 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 5522 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5522 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 5523 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
5523 5524
5524 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 5525 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5525 environment, the SROM's address is used. 5526 environment, the SROM's address is used.
5526 5527
5527 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 5528 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5528 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 5529 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5529 used. 5530 used.
5530 5531
5531 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 5532 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5532 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 5533 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
5533 5534
5534 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 5535 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5535 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 5536 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5536 warning is printed. 5537 warning is printed.
5537 5538
5538 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 5539 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5539 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case 5540 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5540 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used. 5541 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
5541 5542
5542 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 5543 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
5543 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 5544 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
5544 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 5545 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5545 The naming convention is as follows: 5546 The naming convention is as follows:
5546 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 5547 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
5547 5548
5548 Image Formats: 5549 Image Formats:
5549 ============== 5550 ==============
5550 5551
5551 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 5552 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5552 images in two formats: 5553 images in two formats:
5553 5554
5554 New uImage format (FIT) 5555 New uImage format (FIT)
5555 ----------------------- 5556 -----------------------
5556 5557
5557 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 5558 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5558 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 5559 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5559 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 5560 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5560 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 5561 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5561 5562
5562 5563
5563 Old uImage format 5564 Old uImage format
5564 ----------------- 5565 -----------------
5565 5566
5566 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 5567 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5567 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 5568 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5568 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 5569 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
5569 5570
5570 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 5571 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5571 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 5572 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
5572 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 5573 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5573 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 5574 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5574 INTEGRITY). 5575 INTEGRITY).
5575 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 5576 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
5576 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 5577 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5577 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 5578 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
5578 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 5579 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5579 * Load Address 5580 * Load Address
5580 * Entry Point 5581 * Entry Point
5581 * Image Name 5582 * Image Name
5582 * Image Timestamp 5583 * Image Timestamp
5583 5584
5584 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 5585 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5585 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 5586 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5586 CRC32 checksums. 5587 CRC32 checksums.
5587 5588
5588 5589
5589 Linux Support: 5590 Linux Support:
5590 ============== 5591 ==============
5591 5592
5592 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 5593 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5593 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 5594 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5594 U-Boot. 5595 U-Boot.
5595 5596
5596 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 5597 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5597 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 5598 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5598 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 5599 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5599 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 5600 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5600 serves several purposes: 5601 serves several purposes:
5601 5602
5602 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 5603 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5603 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 5604 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5604 Flash memory footprint) 5605 Flash memory footprint)
5605 5606
5606 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 5607 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5607 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 5608 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
5608 5609
5609 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 5610 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5610 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 5611 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5611 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 5612 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5612 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 5613 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5613 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 5614 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5614 software is easier now. 5615 software is easier now.
5615 5616
5616 5617
5617 Linux HOWTO: 5618 Linux HOWTO:
5618 ============ 5619 ============
5619 5620
5620 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 5621 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5621 --------------------------------------- 5622 ---------------------------------------
5622 5623
5623 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 5624 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5624 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 5625 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5625 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 5626 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5626 Linux :-). 5627 Linux :-).
5627 5628
5628 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 5629 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
5629 5630
5630 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 5631 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5631 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 5632 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
5632 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 5633 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5633 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 5634 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
5634 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 5635 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
5635 5636
5636 Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. 5637 Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5637 If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there 5638 If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5638 is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See 5639 is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5639 doc/driver-model. 5640 doc/driver-model.
5640 5641
5641 5642
5642 Configuring the Linux kernel: 5643 Configuring the Linux kernel:
5643 ----------------------------- 5644 -----------------------------
5644 5645
5645 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 5646 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5646 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 5647 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5647 5648
5648 5649
5649 Building a Linux Image: 5650 Building a Linux Image:
5650 ----------------------- 5651 -----------------------
5651 5652
5652 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 5653 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5653 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 5654 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5654 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 5655 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5655 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 5656 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5656 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 5657 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5657 100% compatible format. 5658 100% compatible format.
5658 5659
5659 Example: 5660 Example:
5660 5661
5661 make TQM850L_defconfig 5662 make TQM850L_defconfig
5662 make oldconfig 5663 make oldconfig
5663 make dep 5664 make dep
5664 make uImage 5665 make uImage
5665 5666
5666 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 5667 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5667 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 5668 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5668 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 5669 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5669 5670
5670 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 5671 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5671 5672
5672 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 5673 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5673 5674
5674 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 5675 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5675 -R .note -R .comment \ 5676 -R .note -R .comment \
5676 -S vmlinux linux.bin 5677 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5677 5678
5678 * compress the binary image: 5679 * compress the binary image:
5679 5680
5680 gzip -9 linux.bin 5681 gzip -9 linux.bin
5681 5682
5682 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 5683 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5683 5684
5684 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 5685 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5685 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 5686 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5686 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 5687 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
5687 5688
5688 5689
5689 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 5690 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5690 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 5691 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5691 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 5692 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5692 byte header containing information about target architecture, 5693 byte header containing information about target architecture,
5693 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 5694 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5694 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 5695 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5695 5696
5696 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 5697 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5697 print the header information, or to build new images. 5698 print the header information, or to build new images.
5698 5699
5699 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 5700 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5700 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 5701 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5701 checksum verification: 5702 checksum verification:
5702 5703
5703 tools/mkimage -l image 5704 tools/mkimage -l image
5704 -l ==> list image header information 5705 -l ==> list image header information
5705 5706
5706 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 5707 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5707 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 5708 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5708 5709
5709 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 5710 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5710 -n name -d data_file image 5711 -n name -d data_file image
5711 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 5712 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5712 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 5713 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5713 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5714 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5714 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 5715 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5715 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 5716 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5716 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 5717 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5717 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 5718 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5718 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 5719 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5719 5720
5720 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 5721 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5721 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 5722 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5722 kernel version: 5723 kernel version:
5723 5724
5724 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 5725 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5725 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 5726 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5726 5727
5727 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 5728 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5728 5729
5729 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5730 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5730 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 5731 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
5731 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 5732 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
5732 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 5733 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5733 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5734 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5734 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5735 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5735 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5736 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5736 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5737 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5737 Load Address: 0x00000000 5738 Load Address: 0x00000000
5738 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5739 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5739 5740
5740 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5741 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5741 5742
5742 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5743 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5743 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5744 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5744 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5745 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5745 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5746 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5746 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5747 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5747 Load Address: 0x00000000 5748 Load Address: 0x00000000
5748 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5749 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5749 5750
5750 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5751 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5751 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5752 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5752 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5753 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5753 need to be uncompressed: 5754 need to be uncompressed:
5754 5755
5755 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5756 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
5756 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5757 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5757 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5758 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
5758 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5759 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
5759 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5760 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5760 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5761 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5761 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5762 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5762 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5763 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5763 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5764 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5764 Load Address: 0x00000000 5765 Load Address: 0x00000000
5765 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5766 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5766 5767
5767 5768
5768 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5769 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5769 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5770 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5770 5771
5771 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5772 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5772 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5773 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5773 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5774 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5774 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5775 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5775 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5776 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5776 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5777 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5777 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5778 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5778 Load Address: 0x00000000 5779 Load Address: 0x00000000
5779 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5780 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5780 5781
5781 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" 5782 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5782 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" 5783 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5783 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" 5784 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5784 from the image: 5785 from the image:
5785 5786
5786 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file 5787 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5787 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file' 5788 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5788 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5789 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5789 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image' 5790 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
5790 5791
5791 5792
5792 Installing a Linux Image: 5793 Installing a Linux Image:
5793 ------------------------- 5794 -------------------------
5794 5795
5795 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5796 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5796 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 5797 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5797 5798
5798 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5799 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5799 5800
5800 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5801 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5801 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5802 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5802 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5803 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5803 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5804 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5804 command. 5805 command.
5805 5806
5806 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5807 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5807 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5808 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5808 5809
5809 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5810 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5810 5811
5811 .......... done 5812 .......... done
5812 Erased 8 sectors 5813 Erased 8 sectors
5813 5814
5814 => loads 40100000 5815 => loads 40100000
5815 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5816 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5816 ~>examples/image.srec 5817 ~>examples/image.srec
5817 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5818 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5818 ... 5819 ...
5819 15989 15990 15991 15992 5820 15989 15990 15991 15992
5820 [file transfer complete] 5821 [file transfer complete]
5821 [connected] 5822 [connected]
5822 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5823 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5823 5824
5824 5825
5825 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5826 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
5826 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5827 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
5827 corruption happened: 5828 corruption happened:
5828 5829
5829 => imi 40100000 5830 => imi 40100000
5830 5831
5831 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5832 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5832 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5833 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5833 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5834 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5834 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5835 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5835 Load Address: 00000000 5836 Load Address: 00000000
5836 Entry Point: 0000000c 5837 Entry Point: 0000000c
5837 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5838 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5838 5839
5839 5840
5840 Boot Linux: 5841 Boot Linux:
5841 ----------- 5842 -----------
5842 5843
5843 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5844 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5844 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5845 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5845 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5846 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5846 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5847 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5847 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5848 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5848 5849
5849 5850
5850 => printenv bootargs 5851 => printenv bootargs
5851 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5852 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5852 5853
5853 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5854 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5854 5855
5855 => printenv bootargs 5856 => printenv bootargs
5856 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5857 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5857 5858
5858 => bootm 40020000 5859 => bootm 40020000
5859 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5860 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5860 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5861 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5861 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5862 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5862 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5863 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5863 Load Address: 00000000 5864 Load Address: 00000000
5864 Entry Point: 0000000c 5865 Entry Point: 0000000c
5865 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5866 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5866 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5867 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5867 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5868 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5868 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5869 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5869 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5870 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5870 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5871 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5871 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5872 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5872 ... 5873 ...
5873 5874
5874 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5875 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
5875 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5876 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5876 format!) to the "bootm" command: 5877 format!) to the "bootm" command:
5877 5878
5878 => imi 40100000 40200000 5879 => imi 40100000 40200000
5879 5880
5880 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5881 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5881 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5882 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5882 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5883 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5883 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5884 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5884 Load Address: 00000000 5885 Load Address: 00000000
5885 Entry Point: 0000000c 5886 Entry Point: 0000000c
5886 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5887 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5887 5888
5888 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5889 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5889 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5890 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5890 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5891 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5891 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5892 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5892 Load Address: 00000000 5893 Load Address: 00000000
5893 Entry Point: 00000000 5894 Entry Point: 00000000
5894 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5895 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5895 5896
5896 => bootm 40100000 40200000 5897 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5897 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5898 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5898 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5899 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5899 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5900 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5900 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5901 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5901 Load Address: 00000000 5902 Load Address: 00000000
5902 Entry Point: 0000000c 5903 Entry Point: 0000000c
5903 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5904 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5904 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5905 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5905 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5906 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5906 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5907 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5907 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5908 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5908 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5909 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5909 Load Address: 00000000 5910 Load Address: 00000000
5910 Entry Point: 00000000 5911 Entry Point: 00000000
5911 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5912 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5912 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5913 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5913 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5914 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5914 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5915 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5915 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5916 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5916 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5917 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5917 ... 5918 ...
5918 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5919 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5919 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5920 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
5920 5921
5921 bash# 5922 bash#
5922 5923
5923 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5924 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5924 ----------- 5925 -----------
5925 5926
5926 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5927 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5927 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5928 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5928 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5929 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5929 flat device tree: 5930 flat device tree:
5930 5931
5931 => print oftaddr 5932 => print oftaddr
5932 oftaddr=0x300000 5933 oftaddr=0x300000
5933 => print oft 5934 => print oft
5934 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5935 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5935 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 5936 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
5936 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5937 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5937 Using TSEC0 device 5938 Using TSEC0 device
5938 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5939 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5939 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5940 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5940 Load address: 0x300000 5941 Load address: 0x300000
5941 Loading: # 5942 Loading: #
5942 done 5943 done
5943 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5944 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5944 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5945 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5945 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5946 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5946 Using TSEC0 device 5947 Using TSEC0 device
5947 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5948 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5948 Filename 'uImage'. 5949 Filename 'uImage'.
5949 Load address: 0x200000 5950 Load address: 0x200000
5950 Loading:############ 5951 Loading:############
5951 done 5952 done
5952 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5953 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5953 => print loadaddr 5954 => print loadaddr
5954 loadaddr=200000 5955 loadaddr=200000
5955 => print oftaddr 5956 => print oftaddr
5956 oftaddr=0x300000 5957 oftaddr=0x300000
5957 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5958 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5958 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5959 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
5959 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5960 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5960 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5961 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5961 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5962 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
5962 Load Address: 00000000 5963 Load Address: 00000000
5963 Entry Point: 00000000 5964 Entry Point: 00000000
5964 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5965 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5965 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5966 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5966 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5967 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5967 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 5968 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5968 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5969 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5969 [snip] 5970 [snip]
5970 5971
5971 5972
5972 More About U-Boot Image Types: 5973 More About U-Boot Image Types:
5973 ------------------------------ 5974 ------------------------------
5974 5975
5975 U-Boot supports the following image types: 5976 U-Boot supports the following image types:
5976 5977
5977 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5978 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5978 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5979 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5979 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5980 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5980 the Standalone Program. 5981 the Standalone Program.
5981 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5982 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5982 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5983 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5983 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5984 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5984 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5985 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5985 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5986 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5986 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5987 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5987 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5988 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5988 being started. 5989 being started.
5989 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5990 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5990 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5991 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5991 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5992 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5992 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5993 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5993 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5994 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5994 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5995 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
5995 5996
5996 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5997 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5997 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5998 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5998 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5999 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5999 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 6000 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6000 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 6001 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6001 a multiple of 4 bytes). 6002 a multiple of 4 bytes).
6002 6003
6003 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 6004 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6004 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 6005 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6005 flash memory. 6006 flash memory.
6006 6007
6007 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 6008 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6008 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 6009 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6009 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 6010 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6010 as command interpreter. 6011 as command interpreter.
6011 6012
6012 Booting the Linux zImage: 6013 Booting the Linux zImage:
6013 ------------------------- 6014 -------------------------
6014 6015
6015 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 6016 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6016 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 6017 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6017 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 6018 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6018 6019
6019 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 6020 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
6020 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 6021 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6021 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 6022 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6022 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 6023 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6023 6024
6024 6025
6025 Standalone HOWTO: 6026 Standalone HOWTO:
6026 ================= 6027 =================
6027 6028
6028 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 6029 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6029 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 6030 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6030 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 6031 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
6031 6032
6032 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 6033 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
6033 6034
6034 "Hello World" Demo: 6035 "Hello World" Demo:
6035 ------------------- 6036 -------------------
6036 6037
6037 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 6038 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6038 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 6039 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6039 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 6040 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6040 like that: 6041 like that:
6041 6042
6042 => loads 6043 => loads
6043 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 6044 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6044 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 6045 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6045 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 6046 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6046 [file transfer complete] 6047 [file transfer complete]
6047 [connected] 6048 [connected]
6048 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 6049 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6049 6050
6050 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 6051 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6051 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 6052 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6052 Hello World 6053 Hello World
6053 argc = 7 6054 argc = 7
6054 argv[0] = "40004" 6055 argv[0] = "40004"
6055 argv[1] = "Hello" 6056 argv[1] = "Hello"
6056 argv[2] = "World!" 6057 argv[2] = "World!"
6057 argv[3] = "This" 6058 argv[3] = "This"
6058 argv[4] = "is" 6059 argv[4] = "is"
6059 argv[5] = "a" 6060 argv[5] = "a"
6060 argv[6] = "test." 6061 argv[6] = "test."
6061 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 6062 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6062 Hit any key to exit ... 6063 Hit any key to exit ...
6063 6064
6064 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 6065 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6065 6066
6066 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 6067 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6067 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 6068 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6068 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 6069 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6069 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 6070 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6070 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 6071 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6071 controlled by the following keys: 6072 controlled by the following keys:
6072 6073
6073 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 6074 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6074 b - enable interrupts and start timer 6075 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6075 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 6076 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6076 q - quit application 6077 q - quit application
6077 6078
6078 => loads 6079 => loads
6079 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 6080 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6080 ~>examples/timer.srec 6081 ~>examples/timer.srec
6081 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 6082 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6082 [file transfer complete] 6083 [file transfer complete]
6083 [connected] 6084 [connected]
6084 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 6085 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6085 6086
6086 => go 40004 6087 => go 40004
6087 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 6088 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6088 TIMERS=0xfff00980 6089 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6089 Using timer 1 6090 Using timer 1
6090 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 6091 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
6091 6092
6092 Hit 'b': 6093 Hit 'b':
6093 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 6094 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6094 Enabling timer 6095 Enabling timer
6095 Hit '?': 6096 Hit '?':
6096 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 6097 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6097 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 6098 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6098 Hit '?': 6099 Hit '?':
6099 [q, b, e, ?] . 6100 [q, b, e, ?] .
6100 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 6101 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6101 Hit '?': 6102 Hit '?':
6102 [q, b, e, ?] . 6103 [q, b, e, ?] .
6103 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 6104 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6104 Hit '?': 6105 Hit '?':
6105 [q, b, e, ?] . 6106 [q, b, e, ?] .
6106 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 6107 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6107 Hit 'e': 6108 Hit 'e':
6108 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 6109 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6109 Hit 'q': 6110 Hit 'q':
6110 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 6111 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6111 6112
6112 6113
6113 Minicom warning: 6114 Minicom warning:
6114 ================ 6115 ================
6115 6116
6116 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 6117 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6117 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 6118 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6118 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 6119 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6119 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 6120 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6120 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 6121 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
6121 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 6122 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6122 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 6123 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6123 for help with kermit. 6124 for help with kermit.
6124 6125
6125 6126
6126 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 6127 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6127 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 6128 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
6128 6129
6129 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 6130 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6130 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 6131 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6131 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 6132 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
6132 6133
6133 6134
6134 NetBSD Notes: 6135 NetBSD Notes:
6135 ============= 6136 =============
6136 6137
6137 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 6138 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6138 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 6139 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
6139 6140
6140 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 6141 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6141 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 6142 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6142 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 6143 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6143 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 6144 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6144 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 6145 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6145 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 6146 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
6146 6147
6147 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 6148 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6148 # mkdir powerpc 6149 # mkdir powerpc
6149 # ln -s powerpc machine 6150 # ln -s powerpc machine
6150 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 6151 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6151 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 6152 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
6152 6153
6153 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 6154 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6154 and U-Boot include files. 6155 and U-Boot include files.
6155 6156
6156 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 6157 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6157 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 6158 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6158 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 6159 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6159 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 6160 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
6160 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 6161 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
6161 6162
6162 6163
6163 Implementation Internals: 6164 Implementation Internals:
6164 ========================= 6165 =========================
6165 6166
6166 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 6167 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6167 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 6168 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6168 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 6169 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6169 hardware. 6170 hardware.
6170 6171
6171 6172
6172 Initial Stack, Global Data: 6173 Initial Stack, Global Data:
6173 --------------------------- 6174 ---------------------------
6174 6175
6175 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 6176 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6176 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 6177 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6177 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 6178 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6178 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 6179 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6179 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 6180 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6180 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 6181 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6181 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 6182 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6182 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 6183 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6183 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 6184 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6184 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 6185 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
6185 6186
6186 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 6187 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
6187 U-Boot mailing list: 6188 U-Boot mailing list:
6188 6189
6189 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 6190 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6190 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 6191 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6191 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 6192 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6192 ... 6193 ...
6193 6194
6194 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 6195 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6195 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 6196 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6196 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 6197 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6197 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 6198 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6198 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 6199 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
6199 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 6200 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
6200 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 6201 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6201 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 6202 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
6202 6203
6203 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 6204 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6204 is another option for the system designer to use as an 6205 is another option for the system designer to use as an
6205 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 6206 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
6206 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 6207 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6207 board designers haven't used it for something that would 6208 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6208 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 6209 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6209 used. 6210 used.
6210 6211
6211 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 6212 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
6212 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 6213 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6213 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 6214 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
6214 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 6215 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
6215 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 6216 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6216 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 6217 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6217 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 6218 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6218 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 6219 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6219 you get the config right. 6220 you get the config right.
6220 6221
6221 -Chris Hallinan 6222 -Chris Hallinan
6222 DS4.COM, Inc. 6223 DS4.COM, Inc.
6223 6224
6224 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 6225 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6225 code for the initialization procedures: 6226 code for the initialization procedures:
6226 6227
6227 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 6228 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6228 to write it. 6229 to write it.
6229 6230
6230 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized 6231 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
6231 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 6232 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6232 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 6233 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
6233 6234
6234 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 6235 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6235 that. 6236 that.
6236 6237
6237 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 6238 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6238 normal global data to share information between the code. But it 6239 normal global data to share information between the code. But it
6239 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 6240 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6240 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 6241 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6241 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 6242 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6242 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 6243 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6243 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 6244 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6244 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 6245 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6245 reserve for this purpose. 6246 reserve for this purpose.
6246 6247
6247 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 6248 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6248 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 6249 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6249 GCC's implementation. 6250 GCC's implementation.
6250 6251
6251 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 6252 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6252 R1: stack pointer 6253 R1: stack pointer
6253 R2: reserved for system use 6254 R2: reserved for system use
6254 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 6255 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6255 R5-R10: parameter passing 6256 R5-R10: parameter passing
6256 R13: small data area pointer 6257 R13: small data area pointer
6257 R30: GOT pointer 6258 R30: GOT pointer
6258 R31: frame pointer 6259 R31: frame pointer
6259 6260
6260 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 6261 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6261 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 6262 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6262 going back and forth between asm and C) 6263 going back and forth between asm and C)
6263 6264
6264 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 6265 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
6265 6266
6266 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 6267 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6267 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 6268 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6268 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 6269 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6269 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 6270 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6270 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 6271 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6271 624 text + 127 data). 6272 624 text + 127 data).
6272 6273
6273 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 6274 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
6274 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 6275 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6275 6276
6276 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 6277 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
6277 6278
6278 On ARM, the following registers are used: 6279 On ARM, the following registers are used:
6279 6280
6280 R0: function argument word/integer result 6281 R0: function argument word/integer result
6281 R1-R3: function argument word 6282 R1-R3: function argument word
6282 R9: platform specific 6283 R9: platform specific
6283 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) 6284 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
6284 R11: argument (frame) pointer 6285 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6285 R12: temporary workspace 6286 R12: temporary workspace
6286 R13: stack pointer 6287 R13: stack pointer
6287 R14: link register 6288 R14: link register
6288 R15: program counter 6289 R15: program counter
6289 6290
6290 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data 6291 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6291 6292
6292 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. 6293 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
6293 6294
6294 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 6295 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6295 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 6296 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6296 6297
6297 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 6298 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6298 6299
6299 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 6300 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6300 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 6301 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6301 6302
6302 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 6303 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6303 6304
6304 R0-R1: argument/return 6305 R0-R1: argument/return
6305 R2-R5: argument 6306 R2-R5: argument
6306 R15: temporary register for assembler 6307 R15: temporary register for assembler
6307 R16: trampoline register 6308 R16: trampoline register
6308 R28: frame pointer (FP) 6309 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6309 R29: global pointer (GP) 6310 R29: global pointer (GP)
6310 R30: link register (LP) 6311 R30: link register (LP)
6311 R31: stack pointer (SP) 6312 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6312 PC: program counter (PC) 6313 PC: program counter (PC)
6313 6314
6314 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 6315 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6315 6316
6316 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 6317 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6317 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 6318 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
6318 6319
6319 Memory Management: 6320 Memory Management:
6320 ------------------ 6321 ------------------
6321 6322
6322 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 6323 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6323 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 6324 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6324 6325
6325 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 6326 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6326 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 6327 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6327 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 6328 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6328 physical memory banks. 6329 physical memory banks.
6329 6330
6330 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 6331 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6331 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 6332 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6332 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 6333 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6333 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 6334 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6334 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 6335 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
6335 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 6336 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6336 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 6337 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6337 6338
6338 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 6339 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6339 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 6340 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6340 6341
6341 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 6342 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6342 this: 6343 this:
6343 6344
6344 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 6345 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6345 : 6346 :
6346 0x0000 1FFF 6347 0x0000 1FFF
6347 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 6348 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6348 : 6349 :
6349 : 6350 :
6350 6351
6351 : 6352 :
6352 : 6353 :
6353 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 6354 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6354 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 6355 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6355 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 6356 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6356 : 6357 :
6357 0x00FD FFFF 6358 0x00FD FFFF
6358 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 6359 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6359 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 6360 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6360 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 6361 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6361 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 6362 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6362 6363
6363 6364
6364 System Initialization: 6365 System Initialization:
6365 ---------------------- 6366 ----------------------
6366 6367
6367 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 6368 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
6368 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 6369 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
6369 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory. 6370 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
6370 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 6371 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6371 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 6372 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6372 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 6373 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6373 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 6374 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6374 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 6375 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6375 the caches and the SIU. 6376 the caches and the SIU.
6376 6377
6377 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 6378 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6378 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 6379 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6379 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 6380 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6380 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 6381 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6381 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 6382 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6382 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 6383 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6383 banks. 6384 banks.
6384 6385
6385 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 6386 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6386 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 6387 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6387 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 6388 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
6388 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 6389 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6389 contiguous memory starting from 0. 6390 contiguous memory starting from 0.
6390 6391
6391 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 6392 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6392 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 6393 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6393 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 6394 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6394 pages, and the final stack is set up. 6395 pages, and the final stack is set up.
6395 6396
6396 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 6397 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6397 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 6398 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6398 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 6399 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6399 new address in RAM. 6400 new address in RAM.
6400 6401
6401 6402
6402 U-Boot Porting Guide: 6403 U-Boot Porting Guide:
6403 ---------------------- 6404 ----------------------
6404 6405
6405 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 6406 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6406 list, October 2002] 6407 list, October 2002]
6407 6408
6408 6409
6409 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 6410 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
6410 { 6411 {
6411 sighandler_t no_more_time; 6412 sighandler_t no_more_time;
6412 6413
6413 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 6414 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6414 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 6415 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
6415 6416
6416 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 6417 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6417 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 6418 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
6418 return 0; 6419 return 0;
6419 } 6420 }
6420 6421
6421 Download latest U-Boot source; 6422 Download latest U-Boot source;
6422 6423
6423 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 6424 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
6424 6425
6425 if (clueless) 6426 if (clueless)
6426 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 6427 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
6427 6428
6428 while (learning) { 6429 while (learning) {
6429 Read the README file in the top level directory; 6430 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6430 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 6431 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6431 Read applicable doc/*.README; 6432 Read applicable doc/*.README;
6432 Read the source, Luke; 6433 Read the source, Luke;
6433 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 6434 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
6434 } 6435 }
6435 6436
6436 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 6437 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6437 Buy a BDI3000; 6438 Buy a BDI3000;
6438 else 6439 else
6439 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 6440 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
6440 6441
6441 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 6442 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6442 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 6443 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6443 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 6444 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6444 } else { 6445 } else {
6445 Create your own board support subdirectory; 6446 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6446 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 6447 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6447 } 6448 }
6448 Edit new board/<myboard> files 6449 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6449 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 6450 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6450 6451
6451 while (!accepted) { 6452 while (!accepted) {
6452 while (!running) { 6453 while (!running) {
6453 do { 6454 do {
6454 Add / modify source code; 6455 Add / modify source code;
6455 } until (compiles); 6456 } until (compiles);
6456 Debug; 6457 Debug;
6457 if (clueless) 6458 if (clueless)
6458 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 6459 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6459 } 6460 }
6460 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 6461 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6461 if (reasonable critiques) 6462 if (reasonable critiques)
6462 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 6463 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6463 else 6464 else
6464 Defend code as written; 6465 Defend code as written;
6465 } 6466 }
6466 6467
6467 return 0; 6468 return 0;
6468 } 6469 }
6469 6470
6470 void no_more_time (int sig) 6471 void no_more_time (int sig)
6471 { 6472 {
6472 hire_a_guru(); 6473 hire_a_guru();
6473 } 6474 }
6474 6475
6475 6476
6476 Coding Standards: 6477 Coding Standards:
6477 ----------------- 6478 -----------------
6478 6479
6479 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 6480 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
6480 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 6481 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
6481 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 6482 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
6482 6483
6483 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 6484 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6484 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 6485 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6485 reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 6486 reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6486 sources. 6487 sources.
6487 6488
6488 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 6489 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6489 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 6490 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6490 in your code. 6491 in your code.
6491 6492
6492 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 6493 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6493 - remove any trailing white space 6494 - remove any trailing white space
6494 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 6495 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
6495 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 6496 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
6496 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 6497 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
6497 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 6498 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6498 6499
6499 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 6500 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6500 with a request to reformat the changes. 6501 with a request to reformat the changes.
6501 6502
6502 6503
6503 Submitting Patches: 6504 Submitting Patches:
6504 ------------------- 6505 -------------------
6505 6506
6506 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 6507 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6507 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 6508 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6508 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 6509 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
6509 6510
6510 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 6511 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
6511 6512
6512 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 6513 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6513 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 6514 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6514 6515
6515 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 6516 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6516 it: 6517 it:
6517 6518
6518 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 6519 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6519 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 6520 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6520 patch actually fixes something. 6521 patch actually fixes something.
6521 6522
6522 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 6523 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
6523 implementation. 6524 implementation.
6524 6525
6525 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 6526 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6526 6527
6527 * For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your 6528 * For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6528 information and associated file and directory references. 6529 information and associated file and directory references.
6529 6530
6530 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a 6531 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6531 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. 6532 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
6532 6533
6533 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 6534 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6534 document these in the README file. 6535 document these in the README file.
6535 6536
6536 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 6537 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6537 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 6538 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
6538 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 6539 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
6539 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 6540 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6540 with some other mail clients. 6541 with some other mail clients.
6541 6542
6542 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 6543 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6543 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 6544 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6544 GNU diff. 6545 GNU diff.
6545 6546
6546 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 6547 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6547 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 6548 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6548 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 6549 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6549 affected files). 6550 affected files).
6550 6551
6551 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 6552 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6552 and compressed attachments must not be used. 6553 and compressed attachments must not be used.
6553 6554
6554 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 6555 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6555 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 6556 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6556 6557
6557 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 6558 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6558 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 6559 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6559 6560
6560 6561
6561 Notes: 6562 Notes:
6562 6563
6563 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 6564 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6564 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 6565 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6565 for any of the boards. 6566 for any of the boards.
6566 6567
6567 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 6568 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6568 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 6569 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6569 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 6570 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6570 6571
6571 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 6572 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6572 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 6573 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6573 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 6574 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6574 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 6575 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6575 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 6576 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6576 modification. 6577 modification.
6577 6578
6578 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 6579 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6579 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 6580 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6580 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 6581 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6581 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 6582 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
6582 6583
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/fsl-layerscape/cpu.c
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2014-2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2014-2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 #include <common.h> 7 #include <common.h>
8 #include <asm/io.h> 8 #include <asm/io.h>
9 #include <asm/errno.h> 9 #include <asm/errno.h>
10 #include <asm/system.h> 10 #include <asm/system.h>
11 #include <asm/armv8/mmu.h> 11 #include <asm/armv8/mmu.h>
12 #include <asm/io.h> 12 #include <asm/io.h>
13 #include <asm/arch/fsl_serdes.h> 13 #include <asm/arch/fsl_serdes.h>
14 #include <asm/arch/soc.h> 14 #include <asm/arch/soc.h>
15 #include <asm/arch/cpu.h> 15 #include <asm/arch/cpu.h>
16 #include <asm/arch/speed.h> 16 #include <asm/arch/speed.h>
17 #ifdef CONFIG_MP 17 #ifdef CONFIG_MP
18 #include <asm/arch/mp.h> 18 #include <asm/arch/mp.h>
19 #endif 19 #endif
20 #include <fm_eth.h> 20 #include <fm_eth.h>
21 #include <fsl_debug_server.h> 21 #include <fsl_debug_server.h>
22 #include <fsl-mc/fsl_mc.h> 22 #include <fsl-mc/fsl_mc.h>
23 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC 23 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC
24 #include <fsl_esdhc.h> 24 #include <fsl_esdhc.h>
25 #endif 25 #endif
26 26
27 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 27 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
28 28
29 static struct mm_region layerscape_mem_map[] = { 29 static struct mm_region layerscape_mem_map[] = {
30 { 30 {
31 /* List terminator */ 31 /* List terminator */
32 0, 32 0,
33 } 33 }
34 }; 34 };
35 struct mm_region *mem_map = layerscape_mem_map; 35 struct mm_region *mem_map = layerscape_mem_map;
36 36
37 void cpu_name(char *name) 37 void cpu_name(char *name)
38 { 38 {
39 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 39 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
40 unsigned int i, svr, ver; 40 unsigned int i, svr, ver;
41 41
42 svr = gur_in32(&gur->svr); 42 svr = gur_in32(&gur->svr);
43 ver = SVR_SOC_VER(svr); 43 ver = SVR_SOC_VER(svr);
44 44
45 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(cpu_type_list); i++) 45 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(cpu_type_list); i++)
46 if ((cpu_type_list[i].soc_ver & SVR_WO_E) == ver) { 46 if ((cpu_type_list[i].soc_ver & SVR_WO_E) == ver) {
47 strcpy(name, cpu_type_list[i].name); 47 strcpy(name, cpu_type_list[i].name);
48 48
49 if (IS_E_PROCESSOR(svr)) 49 if (IS_E_PROCESSOR(svr))
50 strcat(name, "E"); 50 strcat(name, "E");
51 break; 51 break;
52 } 52 }
53 53
54 if (i == ARRAY_SIZE(cpu_type_list)) 54 if (i == ARRAY_SIZE(cpu_type_list))
55 strcpy(name, "unknown"); 55 strcpy(name, "unknown");
56 } 56 }
57 57
58 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF 58 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF
59 static void set_pgtable_section(u64 *page_table, u64 index, u64 section, 59 static void set_pgtable_section(u64 *page_table, u64 index, u64 section,
60 u64 memory_type, u64 attribute) 60 u64 memory_type, u64 attribute)
61 { 61 {
62 u64 value; 62 u64 value;
63 63
64 value = section | PTE_TYPE_BLOCK | PTE_BLOCK_AF; 64 value = section | PTE_TYPE_BLOCK | PTE_BLOCK_AF;
65 value |= PMD_ATTRINDX(memory_type); 65 value |= PMD_ATTRINDX(memory_type);
66 value |= attribute; 66 value |= attribute;
67 page_table[index] = value; 67 page_table[index] = value;
68 } 68 }
69 69
70 static void set_pgtable_table(u64 *page_table, u64 index, u64 *table_addr) 70 static void set_pgtable_table(u64 *page_table, u64 index, u64 *table_addr)
71 { 71 {
72 u64 value; 72 u64 value;
73 73
74 value = (u64)table_addr | PTE_TYPE_TABLE; 74 value = (u64)table_addr | PTE_TYPE_TABLE;
75 page_table[index] = value; 75 page_table[index] = value;
76 } 76 }
77 77
78 /* 78 /*
79 * Set the block entries according to the information of the table. 79 * Set the block entries according to the information of the table.
80 */ 80 */
81 static int set_block_entry(const struct sys_mmu_table *list, 81 static int set_block_entry(const struct sys_mmu_table *list,
82 struct table_info *table) 82 struct table_info *table)
83 { 83 {
84 u64 block_size = 0, block_shift = 0; 84 u64 block_size = 0, block_shift = 0;
85 u64 block_addr, index; 85 u64 block_addr, index;
86 int j; 86 int j;
87 87
88 if (table->entry_size == BLOCK_SIZE_L1) { 88 if (table->entry_size == BLOCK_SIZE_L1) {
89 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L1; 89 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L1;
90 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L1; 90 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L1;
91 } else if (table->entry_size == BLOCK_SIZE_L2) { 91 } else if (table->entry_size == BLOCK_SIZE_L2) {
92 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L2; 92 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L2;
93 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L2; 93 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L2;
94 } else { 94 } else {
95 return -EINVAL; 95 return -EINVAL;
96 } 96 }
97 97
98 block_addr = list->phys_addr; 98 block_addr = list->phys_addr;
99 index = (list->virt_addr - table->table_base) >> block_shift; 99 index = (list->virt_addr - table->table_base) >> block_shift;
100 100
101 for (j = 0; j < (list->size >> block_shift); j++) { 101 for (j = 0; j < (list->size >> block_shift); j++) {
102 set_pgtable_section(table->ptr, 102 set_pgtable_section(table->ptr,
103 index, 103 index,
104 block_addr, 104 block_addr,
105 list->memory_type, 105 list->memory_type,
106 list->attribute); 106 list->attribute);
107 block_addr += block_size; 107 block_addr += block_size;
108 index++; 108 index++;
109 } 109 }
110 110
111 return 0; 111 return 0;
112 } 112 }
113 113
114 /* 114 /*
115 * Find the corresponding table entry for the list. 115 * Find the corresponding table entry for the list.
116 */ 116 */
117 static int find_table(const struct sys_mmu_table *list, 117 static int find_table(const struct sys_mmu_table *list,
118 struct table_info *table, u64 *level0_table) 118 struct table_info *table, u64 *level0_table)
119 { 119 {
120 u64 index = 0, level = 0; 120 u64 index = 0, level = 0;
121 u64 *level_table = level0_table; 121 u64 *level_table = level0_table;
122 u64 temp_base = 0, block_size = 0, block_shift = 0; 122 u64 temp_base = 0, block_size = 0, block_shift = 0;
123 123
124 while (level < 3) { 124 while (level < 3) {
125 if (level == 0) { 125 if (level == 0) {
126 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L0; 126 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L0;
127 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L0; 127 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L0;
128 } else if (level == 1) { 128 } else if (level == 1) {
129 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L1; 129 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L1;
130 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L1; 130 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L1;
131 } else if (level == 2) { 131 } else if (level == 2) {
132 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L2; 132 block_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L2;
133 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L2; 133 block_shift = SECTION_SHIFT_L2;
134 } 134 }
135 135
136 index = 0; 136 index = 0;
137 while (list->virt_addr >= temp_base) { 137 while (list->virt_addr >= temp_base) {
138 index++; 138 index++;
139 temp_base += block_size; 139 temp_base += block_size;
140 } 140 }
141 141
142 temp_base -= block_size; 142 temp_base -= block_size;
143 143
144 if ((level_table[index - 1] & PTE_TYPE_MASK) == 144 if ((level_table[index - 1] & PTE_TYPE_MASK) ==
145 PTE_TYPE_TABLE) { 145 PTE_TYPE_TABLE) {
146 level_table = (u64 *)(level_table[index - 1] & 146 level_table = (u64 *)(level_table[index - 1] &
147 ~PTE_TYPE_MASK); 147 ~PTE_TYPE_MASK);
148 level++; 148 level++;
149 continue; 149 continue;
150 } else { 150 } else {
151 if (level == 0) 151 if (level == 0)
152 return -EINVAL; 152 return -EINVAL;
153 153
154 if ((list->phys_addr + list->size) > 154 if ((list->phys_addr + list->size) >
155 (temp_base + block_size * NUM_OF_ENTRY)) 155 (temp_base + block_size * NUM_OF_ENTRY))
156 return -EINVAL; 156 return -EINVAL;
157 157
158 /* 158 /*
159 * Check the address and size of the list member is 159 * Check the address and size of the list member is
160 * aligned with the block size. 160 * aligned with the block size.
161 */ 161 */
162 if (((list->phys_addr & (block_size - 1)) != 0) || 162 if (((list->phys_addr & (block_size - 1)) != 0) ||
163 ((list->size & (block_size - 1)) != 0)) 163 ((list->size & (block_size - 1)) != 0))
164 return -EINVAL; 164 return -EINVAL;
165 165
166 table->ptr = level_table; 166 table->ptr = level_table;
167 table->table_base = temp_base - 167 table->table_base = temp_base -
168 ((index - 1) << block_shift); 168 ((index - 1) << block_shift);
169 table->entry_size = block_size; 169 table->entry_size = block_size;
170 170
171 return 0; 171 return 0;
172 } 172 }
173 } 173 }
174 return -EINVAL; 174 return -EINVAL;
175 } 175 }
176 176
177 /* 177 /*
178 * To start MMU before DDR is available, we create MMU table in SRAM. 178 * To start MMU before DDR is available, we create MMU table in SRAM.
179 * The base address of SRAM is CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE. We use three 179 * The base address of SRAM is CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE. We use three
180 * levels of translation tables here to cover 40-bit address space. 180 * levels of translation tables here to cover 40-bit address space.
181 * We use 4KB granule size, with 40 bits physical address, T0SZ=24 181 * We use 4KB granule size, with 40 bits physical address, T0SZ=24
182 * Level 0 IA[39], table address @0 182 * Level 0 IA[39], table address @0
183 * Level 1 IA[38:30], table address @0x1000, 0x2000 183 * Level 1 IA[38:30], table address @0x1000, 0x2000
184 * Level 2 IA[29:21], table address @0x3000, 0x4000 184 * Level 2 IA[29:21], table address @0x3000, 0x4000
185 * Address above 0x5000 is free for other purpose. 185 * Address above 0x5000 is free for other purpose.
186 */ 186 */
187 static inline void early_mmu_setup(void) 187 static inline void early_mmu_setup(void)
188 { 188 {
189 unsigned int el, i; 189 unsigned int el, i;
190 u64 *level0_table = (u64 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE; 190 u64 *level0_table = (u64 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE;
191 u64 *level1_table0 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x1000); 191 u64 *level1_table0 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x1000);
192 u64 *level1_table1 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x2000); 192 u64 *level1_table1 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x2000);
193 u64 *level2_table0 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x3000); 193 u64 *level2_table0 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x3000);
194 u64 *level2_table1 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x4000); 194 u64 *level2_table1 = (u64 *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OCRAM_BASE + 0x4000);
195 195
196 struct table_info table = {level0_table, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_L0}; 196 struct table_info table = {level0_table, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_L0};
197 197
198 /* Invalidate all table entries */ 198 /* Invalidate all table entries */
199 memset(level0_table, 0, 0x5000); 199 memset(level0_table, 0, 0x5000);
200 200
201 /* Fill in the table entries */ 201 /* Fill in the table entries */
202 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 0, level1_table0); 202 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 0, level1_table0);
203 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 1, level1_table1); 203 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 1, level1_table1);
204 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 0, level2_table0); 204 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 0, level2_table0);
205 205
206 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3 206 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3
207 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 207 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0,
208 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1, 208 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1,
209 level2_table1); 209 level2_table1);
210 #elif defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2) 210 #elif defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2)
211 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 1, level2_table1); 211 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 1, level2_table1);
212 #endif 212 #endif
213 /* Find the table and fill in the block entries */ 213 /* Find the table and fill in the block entries */
214 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(early_mmu_table); i++) { 214 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(early_mmu_table); i++) {
215 if (find_table(&early_mmu_table[i], 215 if (find_table(&early_mmu_table[i],
216 &table, level0_table) == 0) { 216 &table, level0_table) == 0) {
217 /* 217 /*
218 * If find_table() returns error, it cannot be dealt 218 * If find_table() returns error, it cannot be dealt
219 * with here. Breakpoint can be added for debugging. 219 * with here. Breakpoint can be added for debugging.
220 */ 220 */
221 set_block_entry(&early_mmu_table[i], &table); 221 set_block_entry(&early_mmu_table[i], &table);
222 /* 222 /*
223 * If set_block_entry() returns error, it cannot be 223 * If set_block_entry() returns error, it cannot be
224 * dealt with here too. 224 * dealt with here too.
225 */ 225 */
226 } 226 }
227 } 227 }
228 228
229 el = current_el(); 229 el = current_el();
230 230
231 set_ttbr_tcr_mair(el, (u64)level0_table, LAYERSCAPE_TCR, 231 set_ttbr_tcr_mair(el, (u64)level0_table, LAYERSCAPE_TCR,
232 MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES); 232 MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES);
233 set_sctlr(get_sctlr() | CR_M); 233 set_sctlr(get_sctlr() | CR_M);
234 } 234 }
235 235
236 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 236 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
237 /* 237 /*
238 * Called from final mmu setup. The phys_addr is new, non-existing 238 * Called from final mmu setup. The phys_addr is new, non-existing
239 * address. A new sub table is created @level2_table_secure to cover 239 * address. A new sub table is created @level2_table_secure to cover
240 * size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory. 240 * size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory.
241 */ 241 */
242 static inline int final_secure_ddr(u64 *level0_table, 242 static inline int final_secure_ddr(u64 *level0_table,
243 u64 *level2_table_secure, 243 u64 *level2_table_secure,
244 phys_addr_t phys_addr) 244 phys_addr_t phys_addr)
245 { 245 {
246 int ret = -EINVAL; 246 int ret = -EINVAL;
247 struct table_info table = {}; 247 struct table_info table = {};
248 struct sys_mmu_table ddr_entry = { 248 struct sys_mmu_table ddr_entry = {
249 0, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_L1, MT_NORMAL, 249 0, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_L1, MT_NORMAL,
250 PTE_BLOCK_OUTER_SHARE | PTE_BLOCK_NS 250 PTE_BLOCK_OUTER_SHARE | PTE_BLOCK_NS
251 }; 251 };
252 u64 index; 252 u64 index;
253 253
254 /* Need to create a new table */ 254 /* Need to create a new table */
255 ddr_entry.virt_addr = phys_addr & ~(BLOCK_SIZE_L1 - 1); 255 ddr_entry.virt_addr = phys_addr & ~(BLOCK_SIZE_L1 - 1);
256 ddr_entry.phys_addr = phys_addr & ~(BLOCK_SIZE_L1 - 1); 256 ddr_entry.phys_addr = phys_addr & ~(BLOCK_SIZE_L1 - 1);
257 ret = find_table(&ddr_entry, &table, level0_table); 257 ret = find_table(&ddr_entry, &table, level0_table);
258 if (ret) 258 if (ret)
259 return ret; 259 return ret;
260 index = (ddr_entry.virt_addr - table.table_base) >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1; 260 index = (ddr_entry.virt_addr - table.table_base) >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1;
261 set_pgtable_table(table.ptr, index, level2_table_secure); 261 set_pgtable_table(table.ptr, index, level2_table_secure);
262 table.ptr = level2_table_secure; 262 table.ptr = level2_table_secure;
263 table.table_base = ddr_entry.virt_addr; 263 table.table_base = ddr_entry.virt_addr;
264 table.entry_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L2; 264 table.entry_size = BLOCK_SIZE_L2;
265 ret = set_block_entry(&ddr_entry, &table); 265 ret = set_block_entry(&ddr_entry, &table);
266 if (ret) { 266 if (ret) {
267 printf("MMU error: could not fill non-secure ddr block entries\n"); 267 printf("MMU error: could not fill non-secure ddr block entries\n");
268 return ret; 268 return ret;
269 } 269 }
270 ddr_entry.virt_addr = phys_addr; 270 ddr_entry.virt_addr = phys_addr;
271 ddr_entry.phys_addr = phys_addr; 271 ddr_entry.phys_addr = phys_addr;
272 ddr_entry.size = CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE; 272 ddr_entry.size = CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE;
273 ddr_entry.attribute = PTE_BLOCK_OUTER_SHARE; 273 ddr_entry.attribute = PTE_BLOCK_OUTER_SHARE;
274 ret = find_table(&ddr_entry, &table, level0_table); 274 ret = find_table(&ddr_entry, &table, level0_table);
275 if (ret) { 275 if (ret) {
276 printf("MMU error: could not find secure ddr table\n"); 276 printf("MMU error: could not find secure ddr table\n");
277 return ret; 277 return ret;
278 } 278 }
279 ret = set_block_entry(&ddr_entry, &table); 279 ret = set_block_entry(&ddr_entry, &table);
280 if (ret) 280 if (ret)
281 printf("MMU error: could not set secure ddr block entry\n"); 281 printf("MMU error: could not set secure ddr block entry\n");
282 282
283 return ret; 283 return ret;
284 } 284 }
285 #endif 285 #endif
286 286
287 /* 287 /*
288 * The final tables look similar to early tables, but different in detail. 288 * The final tables look similar to early tables, but different in detail.
289 * These tables are in DRAM. Sub tables are added to enable cache for 289 * These tables are in DRAM. Sub tables are added to enable cache for
290 * QBMan and OCRAM. 290 * QBMan and OCRAM.
291 * 291 *
292 * Put the MMU table in secure memory if gd->secure_ram is valid. 292 * Put the MMU table in secure memory if gd->arch.secure_ram is valid.
293 * OCRAM will be not used for this purpose so gd->secure_ram can't be 0. 293 * OCRAM will be not used for this purpose so gd->arch.secure_ram can't be 0.
294 * 294 *
295 * Level 1 table 0 contains 512 entries for each 1GB from 0 to 512GB. 295 * Level 1 table 0 contains 512 entries for each 1GB from 0 to 512GB.
296 * Level 1 table 1 contains 512 entries for each 1GB from 512GB to 1TB. 296 * Level 1 table 1 contains 512 entries for each 1GB from 512GB to 1TB.
297 * Level 2 table 0 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 0 to 1GB. 297 * Level 2 table 0 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 0 to 1GB.
298 * 298 *
299 * For LSCH3: 299 * For LSCH3:
300 * Level 2 table 1 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 32GB to 33GB. 300 * Level 2 table 1 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 32GB to 33GB.
301 * For LSCH2: 301 * For LSCH2:
302 * Level 2 table 1 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 1GB to 2GB. 302 * Level 2 table 1 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 1GB to 2GB.
303 * Level 2 table 2 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 20GB to 21GB. 303 * Level 2 table 2 contains 512 entries for each 2MB from 20GB to 21GB.
304 */ 304 */
305 static inline void final_mmu_setup(void) 305 static inline void final_mmu_setup(void)
306 { 306 {
307 unsigned int el = current_el(); 307 unsigned int el = current_el();
308 unsigned int i; 308 unsigned int i;
309 u64 *level0_table = (u64 *)gd->arch.tlb_addr; 309 u64 *level0_table = (u64 *)gd->arch.tlb_addr;
310 u64 *level1_table0; 310 u64 *level1_table0;
311 u64 *level1_table1; 311 u64 *level1_table1;
312 u64 *level2_table0; 312 u64 *level2_table0;
313 u64 *level2_table1; 313 u64 *level2_table1;
314 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2 314 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2
315 u64 *level2_table2; 315 u64 *level2_table2;
316 #endif 316 #endif
317 struct table_info table = {NULL, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_L0}; 317 struct table_info table = {NULL, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_L0};
318 318
319 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 319 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
320 u64 *level2_table_secure; 320 u64 *level2_table_secure;
321 321
322 if (el == 3) { 322 if (el == 3) {
323 /* 323 /*
324 * Only use gd->secure_ram if the address is recalculated 324 * Only use gd->arch.secure_ram if the address is recalculated
325 * Align to 4KB for MMU table 325 * Align to 4KB for MMU table
326 */ 326 */
327 if (gd->secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED) 327 if (gd->arch.secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED)
328 level0_table = (u64 *)(gd->secure_ram & ~0xfff); 328 level0_table = (u64 *)(gd->arch.secure_ram & ~0xfff);
329 else 329 else
330 printf("MMU warning: gd->secure_ram is not maintained, disabled.\n"); 330 printf("MMU warning: gd->arch.secure_ram is not maintained, disabled.\n");
331 } 331 }
332 #endif 332 #endif
333 level1_table0 = level0_table + 512; 333 level1_table0 = level0_table + 512;
334 level1_table1 = level1_table0 + 512; 334 level1_table1 = level1_table0 + 512;
335 level2_table0 = level1_table1 + 512; 335 level2_table0 = level1_table1 + 512;
336 level2_table1 = level2_table0 + 512; 336 level2_table1 = level2_table0 + 512;
337 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2 337 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2
338 level2_table2 = level2_table1 + 512; 338 level2_table2 = level2_table1 + 512;
339 #endif 339 #endif
340 table.ptr = level0_table; 340 table.ptr = level0_table;
341 341
342 /* Invalidate all table entries */ 342 /* Invalidate all table entries */
343 memset(level0_table, 0, PGTABLE_SIZE); 343 memset(level0_table, 0, PGTABLE_SIZE);
344 344
345 /* Fill in the table entries */ 345 /* Fill in the table entries */
346 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 0, level1_table0); 346 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 0, level1_table0);
347 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 1, level1_table1); 347 set_pgtable_table(level0_table, 1, level1_table1);
348 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 0, level2_table0); 348 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 0, level2_table0);
349 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3 349 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3
350 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 350 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0,
351 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QBMAN_BASE >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1, 351 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QBMAN_BASE >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1,
352 level2_table1); 352 level2_table1);
353 #elif defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2) 353 #elif defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2)
354 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 1, level2_table1); 354 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 1, level2_table1);
355 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0, 355 set_pgtable_table(level1_table0,
356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QBMAN_BASE >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1, 356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QBMAN_BASE >> SECTION_SHIFT_L1,
357 level2_table2); 357 level2_table2);
358 #endif 358 #endif
359 359
360 /* Find the table and fill in the block entries */ 360 /* Find the table and fill in the block entries */
361 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(final_mmu_table); i++) { 361 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(final_mmu_table); i++) {
362 if (find_table(&final_mmu_table[i], 362 if (find_table(&final_mmu_table[i],
363 &table, level0_table) == 0) { 363 &table, level0_table) == 0) {
364 if (set_block_entry(&final_mmu_table[i], 364 if (set_block_entry(&final_mmu_table[i],
365 &table) != 0) { 365 &table) != 0) {
366 printf("MMU error: could not set block entry for %p\n", 366 printf("MMU error: could not set block entry for %p\n",
367 &final_mmu_table[i]); 367 &final_mmu_table[i]);
368 } 368 }
369 369
370 } else { 370 } else {
371 printf("MMU error: could not find the table for %p\n", 371 printf("MMU error: could not find the table for %p\n",
372 &final_mmu_table[i]); 372 &final_mmu_table[i]);
373 } 373 }
374 } 374 }
375 /* Set the secure memory to secure in MMU */ 375 /* Set the secure memory to secure in MMU */
376 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 376 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
377 if (el == 3 && gd->secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED) { 377 if (el == 3 && gd->arch.secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED) {
378 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3 378 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3
379 level2_table_secure = level2_table1 + 512; 379 level2_table_secure = level2_table1 + 512;
380 #elif defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2) 380 #elif defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH2)
381 level2_table_secure = level2_table2 + 512; 381 level2_table_secure = level2_table2 + 512;
382 #endif 382 #endif
383 if (!final_secure_ddr(level0_table, 383 if (!final_secure_ddr(level0_table,
384 level2_table_secure, 384 level2_table_secure,
385 gd->secure_ram & ~0x3)) { 385 gd->arch.secure_ram & ~0x3)) {
386 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_SECURED; 386 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_SECURED;
387 debug("Now MMU table is in secured memory at 0x%llx\n", 387 debug("Now MMU table is in secured memory at 0x%llx\n",
388 gd->secure_ram & ~0x3); 388 gd->arch.secure_ram & ~0x3);
389 } else { 389 } else {
390 printf("MMU warning: Failed to secure DDR\n"); 390 printf("MMU warning: Failed to secure DDR\n");
391 } 391 }
392 } 392 }
393 #endif 393 #endif
394 394
395 /* flush new MMU table */ 395 /* flush new MMU table */
396 flush_dcache_range((ulong)level0_table, 396 flush_dcache_range((ulong)level0_table,
397 (ulong)level0_table + gd->arch.tlb_size); 397 (ulong)level0_table + gd->arch.tlb_size);
398 398
399 /* point TTBR to the new table */ 399 /* point TTBR to the new table */
400 set_ttbr_tcr_mair(el, (u64)level0_table, LAYERSCAPE_TCR_FINAL, 400 set_ttbr_tcr_mair(el, (u64)level0_table, LAYERSCAPE_TCR_FINAL,
401 MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES); 401 MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES);
402 /* 402 /*
403 * MMU is already enabled, just need to invalidate TLB to load the 403 * MMU is already enabled, just need to invalidate TLB to load the
404 * new table. The new table is compatible with the current table, if 404 * new table. The new table is compatible with the current table, if
405 * MMU somehow walks through the new table before invalidation TLB, 405 * MMU somehow walks through the new table before invalidation TLB,
406 * it still works. So we don't need to turn off MMU here. 406 * it still works. So we don't need to turn off MMU here.
407 */ 407 */
408 } 408 }
409 409
410 u64 get_page_table_size(void) 410 u64 get_page_table_size(void)
411 { 411 {
412 return 0x10000; 412 return 0x10000;
413 } 413 }
414 414
415 int arch_cpu_init(void) 415 int arch_cpu_init(void)
416 { 416 {
417 icache_enable(); 417 icache_enable();
418 __asm_invalidate_dcache_all(); 418 __asm_invalidate_dcache_all();
419 __asm_invalidate_tlb_all(); 419 __asm_invalidate_tlb_all();
420 early_mmu_setup(); 420 early_mmu_setup();
421 set_sctlr(get_sctlr() | CR_C); 421 set_sctlr(get_sctlr() | CR_C);
422 return 0; 422 return 0;
423 } 423 }
424 424
425 /* 425 /*
426 * This function is called from lib/board.c. 426 * This function is called from lib/board.c.
427 * It recreates MMU table in main memory. MMU and d-cache are enabled earlier. 427 * It recreates MMU table in main memory. MMU and d-cache are enabled earlier.
428 * There is no need to disable d-cache for this operation. 428 * There is no need to disable d-cache for this operation.
429 */ 429 */
430 void enable_caches(void) 430 void enable_caches(void)
431 { 431 {
432 final_mmu_setup(); 432 final_mmu_setup();
433 __asm_invalidate_tlb_all(); 433 __asm_invalidate_tlb_all();
434 } 434 }
435 #endif 435 #endif
436 436
437 static inline u32 initiator_type(u32 cluster, int init_id) 437 static inline u32 initiator_type(u32 cluster, int init_id)
438 { 438 {
439 struct ccsr_gur *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 439 struct ccsr_gur *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
440 u32 idx = (cluster >> (init_id * 8)) & TP_CLUSTER_INIT_MASK; 440 u32 idx = (cluster >> (init_id * 8)) & TP_CLUSTER_INIT_MASK;
441 u32 type = 0; 441 u32 type = 0;
442 442
443 type = gur_in32(&gur->tp_ityp[idx]); 443 type = gur_in32(&gur->tp_ityp[idx]);
444 if (type & TP_ITYP_AV) 444 if (type & TP_ITYP_AV)
445 return type; 445 return type;
446 446
447 return 0; 447 return 0;
448 } 448 }
449 449
450 u32 cpu_mask(void) 450 u32 cpu_mask(void)
451 { 451 {
452 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 452 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
453 int i = 0, count = 0; 453 int i = 0, count = 0;
454 u32 cluster, type, mask = 0; 454 u32 cluster, type, mask = 0;
455 455
456 do { 456 do {
457 int j; 457 int j;
458 458
459 cluster = gur_in32(&gur->tp_cluster[i].lower); 459 cluster = gur_in32(&gur->tp_cluster[i].lower);
460 for (j = 0; j < TP_INIT_PER_CLUSTER; j++) { 460 for (j = 0; j < TP_INIT_PER_CLUSTER; j++) {
461 type = initiator_type(cluster, j); 461 type = initiator_type(cluster, j);
462 if (type) { 462 if (type) {
463 if (TP_ITYP_TYPE(type) == TP_ITYP_TYPE_ARM) 463 if (TP_ITYP_TYPE(type) == TP_ITYP_TYPE_ARM)
464 mask |= 1 << count; 464 mask |= 1 << count;
465 count++; 465 count++;
466 } 466 }
467 } 467 }
468 i++; 468 i++;
469 } while ((cluster & TP_CLUSTER_EOC) == 0x0); 469 } while ((cluster & TP_CLUSTER_EOC) == 0x0);
470 470
471 return mask; 471 return mask;
472 } 472 }
473 473
474 /* 474 /*
475 * Return the number of cores on this SOC. 475 * Return the number of cores on this SOC.
476 */ 476 */
477 int cpu_numcores(void) 477 int cpu_numcores(void)
478 { 478 {
479 return hweight32(cpu_mask()); 479 return hweight32(cpu_mask());
480 } 480 }
481 481
482 int fsl_qoriq_core_to_cluster(unsigned int core) 482 int fsl_qoriq_core_to_cluster(unsigned int core)
483 { 483 {
484 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = 484 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur =
485 (void __iomem *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 485 (void __iomem *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
486 int i = 0, count = 0; 486 int i = 0, count = 0;
487 u32 cluster; 487 u32 cluster;
488 488
489 do { 489 do {
490 int j; 490 int j;
491 491
492 cluster = gur_in32(&gur->tp_cluster[i].lower); 492 cluster = gur_in32(&gur->tp_cluster[i].lower);
493 for (j = 0; j < TP_INIT_PER_CLUSTER; j++) { 493 for (j = 0; j < TP_INIT_PER_CLUSTER; j++) {
494 if (initiator_type(cluster, j)) { 494 if (initiator_type(cluster, j)) {
495 if (count == core) 495 if (count == core)
496 return i; 496 return i;
497 count++; 497 count++;
498 } 498 }
499 } 499 }
500 i++; 500 i++;
501 } while ((cluster & TP_CLUSTER_EOC) == 0x0); 501 } while ((cluster & TP_CLUSTER_EOC) == 0x0);
502 502
503 return -1; /* cannot identify the cluster */ 503 return -1; /* cannot identify the cluster */
504 } 504 }
505 505
506 u32 fsl_qoriq_core_to_type(unsigned int core) 506 u32 fsl_qoriq_core_to_type(unsigned int core)
507 { 507 {
508 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = 508 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur =
509 (void __iomem *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 509 (void __iomem *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
510 int i = 0, count = 0; 510 int i = 0, count = 0;
511 u32 cluster, type; 511 u32 cluster, type;
512 512
513 do { 513 do {
514 int j; 514 int j;
515 515
516 cluster = gur_in32(&gur->tp_cluster[i].lower); 516 cluster = gur_in32(&gur->tp_cluster[i].lower);
517 for (j = 0; j < TP_INIT_PER_CLUSTER; j++) { 517 for (j = 0; j < TP_INIT_PER_CLUSTER; j++) {
518 type = initiator_type(cluster, j); 518 type = initiator_type(cluster, j);
519 if (type) { 519 if (type) {
520 if (count == core) 520 if (count == core)
521 return type; 521 return type;
522 count++; 522 count++;
523 } 523 }
524 } 524 }
525 i++; 525 i++;
526 } while ((cluster & TP_CLUSTER_EOC) == 0x0); 526 } while ((cluster & TP_CLUSTER_EOC) == 0x0);
527 527
528 return -1; /* cannot identify the cluster */ 528 return -1; /* cannot identify the cluster */
529 } 529 }
530 530
531 uint get_svr(void) 531 uint get_svr(void)
532 { 532 {
533 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 533 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
534 534
535 return gur_in32(&gur->svr); 535 return gur_in32(&gur->svr);
536 } 536 }
537 537
538 #ifdef CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO 538 #ifdef CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO
539 int print_cpuinfo(void) 539 int print_cpuinfo(void)
540 { 540 {
541 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR); 541 struct ccsr_gur __iomem *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_GUTS_ADDR);
542 struct sys_info sysinfo; 542 struct sys_info sysinfo;
543 char buf[32]; 543 char buf[32];
544 unsigned int i, core; 544 unsigned int i, core;
545 u32 type, rcw, svr = gur_in32(&gur->svr); 545 u32 type, rcw, svr = gur_in32(&gur->svr);
546 546
547 puts("SoC: "); 547 puts("SoC: ");
548 548
549 cpu_name(buf); 549 cpu_name(buf);
550 printf(" %s (0x%x)\n", buf, svr); 550 printf(" %s (0x%x)\n", buf, svr);
551 memset((u8 *)buf, 0x00, ARRAY_SIZE(buf)); 551 memset((u8 *)buf, 0x00, ARRAY_SIZE(buf));
552 get_sys_info(&sysinfo); 552 get_sys_info(&sysinfo);
553 puts("Clock Configuration:"); 553 puts("Clock Configuration:");
554 for_each_cpu(i, core, cpu_numcores(), cpu_mask()) { 554 for_each_cpu(i, core, cpu_numcores(), cpu_mask()) {
555 if (!(i % 3)) 555 if (!(i % 3))
556 puts("\n "); 556 puts("\n ");
557 type = TP_ITYP_VER(fsl_qoriq_core_to_type(core)); 557 type = TP_ITYP_VER(fsl_qoriq_core_to_type(core));
558 printf("CPU%d(%s):%-4s MHz ", core, 558 printf("CPU%d(%s):%-4s MHz ", core,
559 type == TY_ITYP_VER_A7 ? "A7 " : 559 type == TY_ITYP_VER_A7 ? "A7 " :
560 (type == TY_ITYP_VER_A53 ? "A53" : 560 (type == TY_ITYP_VER_A53 ? "A53" :
561 (type == TY_ITYP_VER_A57 ? "A57" : " ")), 561 (type == TY_ITYP_VER_A57 ? "A57" : " ")),
562 strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_processor[core])); 562 strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_processor[core]));
563 } 563 }
564 printf("\n Bus: %-4s MHz ", 564 printf("\n Bus: %-4s MHz ",
565 strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_systembus)); 565 strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_systembus));
566 printf("DDR: %-4s MT/s", strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_ddrbus)); 566 printf("DDR: %-4s MT/s", strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_ddrbus));
567 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN 567 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN
568 printf(" FMAN: %-4s MHz", strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_fman[0])); 568 printf(" FMAN: %-4s MHz", strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_fman[0]));
569 #endif 569 #endif
570 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 570 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
571 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) { 571 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) {
572 printf(" DP-DDR: %-4s MT/s", 572 printf(" DP-DDR: %-4s MT/s",
573 strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_ddrbus2)); 573 strmhz(buf, sysinfo.freq_ddrbus2));
574 } 574 }
575 #endif 575 #endif
576 puts("\n"); 576 puts("\n");
577 577
578 /* 578 /*
579 * Display the RCW, so that no one gets confused as to what RCW 579 * Display the RCW, so that no one gets confused as to what RCW
580 * we're actually using for this boot. 580 * we're actually using for this boot.
581 */ 581 */
582 puts("Reset Configuration Word (RCW):"); 582 puts("Reset Configuration Word (RCW):");
583 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(gur->rcwsr); i++) { 583 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(gur->rcwsr); i++) {
584 rcw = gur_in32(&gur->rcwsr[i]); 584 rcw = gur_in32(&gur->rcwsr[i]);
585 if ((i % 4) == 0) 585 if ((i % 4) == 0)
586 printf("\n %08x:", i * 4); 586 printf("\n %08x:", i * 4);
587 printf(" %08x", rcw); 587 printf(" %08x", rcw);
588 } 588 }
589 puts("\n"); 589 puts("\n");
590 590
591 return 0; 591 return 0;
592 } 592 }
593 #endif 593 #endif
594 594
595 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC 595 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC
596 int cpu_mmc_init(bd_t *bis) 596 int cpu_mmc_init(bd_t *bis)
597 { 597 {
598 return fsl_esdhc_mmc_init(bis); 598 return fsl_esdhc_mmc_init(bis);
599 } 599 }
600 #endif 600 #endif
601 601
602 int cpu_eth_init(bd_t *bis) 602 int cpu_eth_init(bd_t *bis)
603 { 603 {
604 int error = 0; 604 int error = 0;
605 605
606 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET 606 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
607 error = fsl_mc_ldpaa_init(bis); 607 error = fsl_mc_ldpaa_init(bis);
608 #endif 608 #endif
609 #ifdef CONFIG_FMAN_ENET 609 #ifdef CONFIG_FMAN_ENET
610 fm_standard_init(bis); 610 fm_standard_init(bis);
611 #endif 611 #endif
612 return error; 612 return error;
613 } 613 }
614 614
615 int arch_early_init_r(void) 615 int arch_early_init_r(void)
616 { 616 {
617 #ifdef CONFIG_MP 617 #ifdef CONFIG_MP
618 int rv = 1; 618 int rv = 1;
619 #endif 619 #endif
620 620
621 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009635 621 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009635
622 erratum_a009635(); 622 erratum_a009635();
623 #endif 623 #endif
624 624
625 #ifdef CONFIG_MP 625 #ifdef CONFIG_MP
626 rv = fsl_layerscape_wake_seconday_cores(); 626 rv = fsl_layerscape_wake_seconday_cores();
627 if (rv) 627 if (rv)
628 printf("Did not wake secondary cores\n"); 628 printf("Did not wake secondary cores\n");
629 #endif 629 #endif
630 630
631 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_HAS_SERDES 631 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_HAS_SERDES
632 fsl_serdes_init(); 632 fsl_serdes_init();
633 #endif 633 #endif
634 #ifdef CONFIG_FMAN_ENET 634 #ifdef CONFIG_FMAN_ENET
635 fman_enet_init(); 635 fman_enet_init();
636 #endif 636 #endif
637 return 0; 637 return 0;
638 } 638 }
639 639
640 int timer_init(void) 640 int timer_init(void)
641 { 641 {
642 u32 __iomem *cntcr = (u32 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TIMER_ADDR; 642 u32 __iomem *cntcr = (u32 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TIMER_ADDR;
643 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3 643 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3
644 u32 __iomem *cltbenr = (u32 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PMU_CLTBENR; 644 u32 __iomem *cltbenr = (u32 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PMU_CLTBENR;
645 #endif 645 #endif
646 #ifdef CONFIG_LS2080A 646 #ifdef CONFIG_LS2080A
647 u32 __iomem *pctbenr = (u32 *)FSL_PMU_PCTBENR_OFFSET; 647 u32 __iomem *pctbenr = (u32 *)FSL_PMU_PCTBENR_OFFSET;
648 #endif 648 #endif
649 #ifdef COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL 649 #ifdef COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
650 unsigned long cntfrq = COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL; 650 unsigned long cntfrq = COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL;
651 651
652 /* Update with accurate clock frequency */ 652 /* Update with accurate clock frequency */
653 asm volatile("msr cntfrq_el0, %0" : : "r" (cntfrq) : "memory"); 653 asm volatile("msr cntfrq_el0, %0" : : "r" (cntfrq) : "memory");
654 #endif 654 #endif
655 655
656 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3 656 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3
657 /* Enable timebase for all clusters. 657 /* Enable timebase for all clusters.
658 * It is safe to do so even some clusters are not enabled. 658 * It is safe to do so even some clusters are not enabled.
659 */ 659 */
660 out_le32(cltbenr, 0xf); 660 out_le32(cltbenr, 0xf);
661 #endif 661 #endif
662 662
663 #ifdef CONFIG_LS2080A 663 #ifdef CONFIG_LS2080A
664 /* 664 /*
665 * In certain Layerscape SoCs, the clock for each core's 665 * In certain Layerscape SoCs, the clock for each core's
666 * has an enable bit in the PMU Physical Core Time Base Enable 666 * has an enable bit in the PMU Physical Core Time Base Enable
667 * Register (PCTBENR), which allows the watchdog to operate. 667 * Register (PCTBENR), which allows the watchdog to operate.
668 */ 668 */
669 setbits_le32(pctbenr, 0xff); 669 setbits_le32(pctbenr, 0xff);
670 #endif 670 #endif
671 671
672 /* Enable clock for timer 672 /* Enable clock for timer
673 * This is a global setting. 673 * This is a global setting.
674 */ 674 */
675 out_le32(cntcr, 0x1); 675 out_le32(cntcr, 0x1);
676 676
677 return 0; 677 return 0;
678 } 678 }
679 679
680 void reset_cpu(ulong addr) 680 void reset_cpu(ulong addr)
681 { 681 {
682 u32 __iomem *rstcr = (u32 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RST_ADDR; 682 u32 __iomem *rstcr = (u32 *)CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RST_ADDR;
683 u32 val; 683 u32 val;
684 684
685 /* Raise RESET_REQ_B */ 685 /* Raise RESET_REQ_B */
686 val = scfg_in32(rstcr); 686 val = scfg_in32(rstcr);
687 val |= 0x02; 687 val |= 0x02;
688 scfg_out32(rstcr, val); 688 scfg_out32(rstcr, val);
689 } 689 }
690 690
691 phys_size_t board_reserve_ram_top(phys_size_t ram_size) 691 phys_size_t board_reserve_ram_top(phys_size_t ram_size)
692 { 692 {
693 phys_size_t ram_top = ram_size; 693 phys_size_t ram_top = ram_size;
694 694
695 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE 695 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE
696 #error CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE not to be used together with this function 696 #error CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE not to be used together with this function
697 #endif 697 #endif
698 /* Carve the Debug Server private DRAM block from the end of DRAM */ 698 /* Carve the Debug Server private DRAM block from the end of DRAM */
699 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER 699 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
700 ram_top -= debug_server_get_dram_block_size(); 700 ram_top -= debug_server_get_dram_block_size();
701 #endif 701 #endif
702 702
703 /* Carve the MC private DRAM block from the end of DRAM */ 703 /* Carve the MC private DRAM block from the end of DRAM */
704 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET 704 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
705 ram_top -= mc_get_dram_block_size(); 705 ram_top -= mc_get_dram_block_size();
706 ram_top &= ~(CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN - 1); 706 ram_top &= ~(CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN - 1);
707 #endif 707 #endif
708 708
709 return ram_top; 709 return ram_top;
710 } 710 }
711 711
arch/arm/include/asm/global_data.h
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * (C) Copyright 2002-2010 2 * (C) Copyright 2002-2010
3 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 * 4 *
5 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 */ 6 */
7 7
8 #ifndef __ASM_GBL_DATA_H 8 #ifndef __ASM_GBL_DATA_H
9 #define __ASM_GBL_DATA_H 9 #define __ASM_GBL_DATA_H
10 10
11 /* Architecture-specific global data */ 11 /* Architecture-specific global data */
12 struct arch_global_data { 12 struct arch_global_data {
13 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC) 13 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC)
14 u32 sdhc_clk; 14 u32 sdhc_clk;
15 #endif 15 #endif
16 16
17 #if defined(CONFIG_U_QE) 17 #if defined(CONFIG_U_QE)
18 u32 qe_clk; 18 u32 qe_clk;
19 u32 brg_clk; 19 u32 brg_clk;
20 uint mp_alloc_base; 20 uint mp_alloc_base;
21 uint mp_alloc_top; 21 uint mp_alloc_top;
22 #endif /* CONFIG_U_QE */ 22 #endif /* CONFIG_U_QE */
23 23
24 #ifdef CONFIG_AT91FAMILY 24 #ifdef CONFIG_AT91FAMILY
25 /* "static data" needed by at91's clock.c */ 25 /* "static data" needed by at91's clock.c */
26 unsigned long cpu_clk_rate_hz; 26 unsigned long cpu_clk_rate_hz;
27 unsigned long main_clk_rate_hz; 27 unsigned long main_clk_rate_hz;
28 unsigned long mck_rate_hz; 28 unsigned long mck_rate_hz;
29 unsigned long plla_rate_hz; 29 unsigned long plla_rate_hz;
30 unsigned long pllb_rate_hz; 30 unsigned long pllb_rate_hz;
31 unsigned long at91_pllb_usb_init; 31 unsigned long at91_pllb_usb_init;
32 #endif 32 #endif
33 /* "static data" needed by most of timer.c on ARM platforms */ 33 /* "static data" needed by most of timer.c on ARM platforms */
34 unsigned long timer_rate_hz; 34 unsigned long timer_rate_hz;
35 unsigned long tbu; 35 unsigned long tbu;
36 unsigned long tbl; 36 unsigned long tbl;
37 unsigned long lastinc; 37 unsigned long lastinc;
38 unsigned long long timer_reset_value; 38 unsigned long long timer_reset_value;
39 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) 39 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF))
40 unsigned long tlb_addr; 40 unsigned long tlb_addr;
41 unsigned long tlb_size; 41 unsigned long tlb_size;
42 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM64) 42 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM64)
43 unsigned long tlb_fillptr; 43 unsigned long tlb_fillptr;
44 unsigned long tlb_emerg; 44 unsigned long tlb_emerg;
45 #endif 45 #endif
46 #endif 46 #endif
47 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
48 #define MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_SECURED 0x1
49 #define MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED 0x2
50 #define MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_ADDR_MASK (~0x3)
51 /*
52 * Secure memory addr
53 * This variable needs maintenance if the RAM base is not zero,
54 * or if RAM splits into non-consecutive banks. It also has a
55 * flag indicating the secure memory is marked as secure by MMU.
56 * Flags used: 0x1 secured
57 * 0x2 maintained
58 */
59 phys_addr_t secure_ram;
60 #endif
47 61
48 #ifdef CONFIG_OMAP_COMMON 62 #ifdef CONFIG_OMAP_COMMON
49 u32 omap_boot_device; 63 u32 omap_boot_device;
50 u32 omap_boot_mode; 64 u32 omap_boot_mode;
51 u8 omap_ch_flags; 65 u8 omap_ch_flags;
52 #endif 66 #endif
53 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR) 67 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_LSCH3) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR)
54 unsigned long mem2_clk; 68 unsigned long mem2_clk;
55 #endif 69 #endif
56 }; 70 };
57 71
58 #include <asm-generic/global_data.h> 72 #include <asm-generic/global_data.h>
59 73
60 #ifdef __clang__ 74 #ifdef __clang__
61 75
62 #define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR 76 #define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
63 #define gd get_gd() 77 #define gd get_gd()
64 78
65 static inline gd_t *get_gd(void) 79 static inline gd_t *get_gd(void)
66 { 80 {
67 gd_t *gd_ptr; 81 gd_t *gd_ptr;
68 82
69 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM64 83 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM64
70 /* 84 /*
71 * Make will already error that reserving x18 is not supported at the 85 * Make will already error that reserving x18 is not supported at the
72 * time of writing, clang: error: unknown argument: '-ffixed-x18' 86 * time of writing, clang: error: unknown argument: '-ffixed-x18'
73 */ 87 */
74 __asm__ volatile("mov %0, x18\n" : "=r" (gd_ptr)); 88 __asm__ volatile("mov %0, x18\n" : "=r" (gd_ptr));
75 #else 89 #else
76 __asm__ volatile("mov %0, r9\n" : "=r" (gd_ptr)); 90 __asm__ volatile("mov %0, r9\n" : "=r" (gd_ptr));
77 #endif 91 #endif
78 92
79 return gd_ptr; 93 return gd_ptr;
80 } 94 }
81 95
82 #else 96 #else
83 97
84 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM64 98 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM64
85 #define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR register volatile gd_t *gd asm ("x18") 99 #define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR register volatile gd_t *gd asm ("x18")
86 #else 100 #else
87 #define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR register volatile gd_t *gd asm ("r9") 101 #define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR register volatile gd_t *gd asm ("r9")
88 #endif 102 #endif
89 #endif 103 #endif
90 104
91 #endif /* __ASM_GBL_DATA_H */ 105 #endif /* __ASM_GBL_DATA_H */
92 106
board/freescale/ls1043aqds/ddr.c
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 #include <common.h> 7 #include <common.h>
8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h> 8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h>
9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h> 9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h>
10 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP 10 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP
11 #include <fsl_sleep.h> 11 #include <fsl_sleep.h>
12 #endif 12 #endif
13 #include "ddr.h" 13 #include "ddr.h"
14 14
15 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 15 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
16 16
17 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts, 17 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts,
18 dimm_params_t *pdimm, 18 dimm_params_t *pdimm,
19 unsigned int ctrl_num) 19 unsigned int ctrl_num)
20 { 20 {
21 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL; 21 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL;
22 ulong ddr_freq; 22 ulong ddr_freq;
23 23
24 if (ctrl_num > 3) { 24 if (ctrl_num > 3) {
25 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num); 25 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num);
26 return; 26 return;
27 } 27 }
28 if (!pdimm->n_ranks) 28 if (!pdimm->n_ranks)
29 return; 29 return;
30 30
31 pbsp = udimms[0]; 31 pbsp = udimms[0];
32 32
33 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr 33 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr
34 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table. 34 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table.
35 */ 35 */
36 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(0) / 1000000; 36 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(0) / 1000000;
37 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 37 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
38 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm->n_ranks) { 38 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm->n_ranks) {
39 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 39 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
40 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust; 40 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust;
41 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start; 41 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start;
42 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 42 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
43 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 43 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
44 popts->cpo_override = pbsp->cpo_override; 44 popts->cpo_override = pbsp->cpo_override;
45 popts->write_data_delay = 45 popts->write_data_delay =
46 pbsp->write_data_delay; 46 pbsp->write_data_delay;
47 goto found; 47 goto found;
48 } 48 }
49 pbsp_highest = pbsp; 49 pbsp_highest = pbsp;
50 } 50 }
51 pbsp++; 51 pbsp++;
52 } 52 }
53 53
54 if (pbsp_highest) { 54 if (pbsp_highest) {
55 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for %lu MT/s\n", 55 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for %lu MT/s\n",
56 ddr_freq); 56 ddr_freq);
57 printf("Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n", 57 printf("Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n",
58 pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high); 58 pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high);
59 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust; 59 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust;
60 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start; 60 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start;
61 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 61 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
62 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 62 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
63 } else { 63 } else {
64 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board"); 64 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board");
65 } 65 }
66 found: 66 found:
67 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n", 67 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n",
68 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb); 68 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb);
69 69
70 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */ 70 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */
71 popts->data_bus_width = 1; 71 popts->data_bus_width = 1;
72 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0; 72 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0;
73 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8; 73 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8;
74 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */ 74 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */
75 75
76 /* 76 /*
77 * Factors to consider for half-strength driver enable: 77 * Factors to consider for half-strength driver enable:
78 * - number of DIMMs installed 78 * - number of DIMMs installed
79 */ 79 */
80 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 1; 80 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 1;
81 /* 81 /*
82 * Write leveling override 82 * Write leveling override
83 */ 83 */
84 popts->wrlvl_override = 1; 84 popts->wrlvl_override = 1;
85 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0xf; 85 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0xf;
86 86
87 /* 87 /*
88 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override 88 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override
89 */ 89 */
90 popts->rtt_override = 0; 90 popts->rtt_override = 0;
91 91
92 /* Enable ZQ calibration */ 92 /* Enable ZQ calibration */
93 popts->zq_en = 1; 93 popts->zq_en = 1;
94 94
95 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 95 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
96 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 96 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
97 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm) | 97 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm) |
98 DDR_CDR2_VREF_OVRD(70); /* Vref = 70% */ 98 DDR_CDR2_VREF_OVRD(70); /* Vref = 70% */
99 #else 99 #else
100 popts->cswl_override = DDR_CSWL_CS0; 100 popts->cswl_override = DDR_CSWL_CS0;
101 101
102 /* DHC_EN =1, ODT = 75 Ohm */ 102 /* DHC_EN =1, ODT = 75 Ohm */
103 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm); 103 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm);
104 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm); 104 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm);
105 #endif 105 #endif
106 } 106 }
107 107
108 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type) 108 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type)
109 { 109 {
110 phys_size_t dram_size; 110 phys_size_t dram_size;
111 111
112 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL) && !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) 112 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL) && !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD)
113 return fsl_ddr_sdram_size(); 113 return fsl_ddr_sdram_size();
114 #else 114 #else
115 puts("Initializing DDR....using SPD\n"); 115 puts("Initializing DDR....using SPD\n");
116 116
117 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram(); 117 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram();
118 #endif 118 #endif
119 erratum_a008850_post(); 119 erratum_a008850_post();
120 120
121 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP 121 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP
122 fsl_dp_ddr_restore(); 122 fsl_dp_ddr_restore();
123 #endif 123 #endif
124 124
125 return dram_size; 125 return dram_size;
126 } 126 }
127 127
128 void dram_init_banksize(void) 128 void dram_init_banksize(void)
129 { 129 {
130 /* 130 /*
131 * gd->secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory. 131 * gd->arch.secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory.
132 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0. 132 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0.
133 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank. 133 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank.
134 */ 134 */
135 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 135 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
136 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) { 136 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) {
137 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 137 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
138 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE; 138 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE;
139 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size - 139 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size -
140 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 140 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
141 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 141 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
142 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start + 142 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start +
143 gd->secure_ram - 143 gd->arch.secure_ram -
144 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 144 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
145 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 145 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
146 #endif 146 #endif
147 } else { 147 } else {
148 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size; 148 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size;
149 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 149 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
150 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start + gd->secure_ram; 150 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start +
151 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 151 gd->arch.secure_ram;
152 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
152 #endif 153 #endif
153 } 154 }
154 } 155 }
155 156
board/freescale/ls1043ardb/ddr.c
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 #include <common.h> 7 #include <common.h>
8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h> 8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h>
9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h> 9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h>
10 #include "ddr.h" 10 #include "ddr.h"
11 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP 11 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP
12 #include <fsl_sleep.h> 12 #include <fsl_sleep.h>
13 #endif 13 #endif
14 14
15 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 15 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
16 16
17 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts, 17 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts,
18 dimm_params_t *pdimm, 18 dimm_params_t *pdimm,
19 unsigned int ctrl_num) 19 unsigned int ctrl_num)
20 { 20 {
21 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL; 21 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL;
22 ulong ddr_freq; 22 ulong ddr_freq;
23 23
24 if (ctrl_num > 1) { 24 if (ctrl_num > 1) {
25 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num); 25 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num);
26 return; 26 return;
27 } 27 }
28 if (!pdimm->n_ranks) 28 if (!pdimm->n_ranks)
29 return; 29 return;
30 30
31 pbsp = udimms[0]; 31 pbsp = udimms[0];
32 32
33 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr 33 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr
34 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table. 34 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table.
35 */ 35 */
36 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(0) / 1000000; 36 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(0) / 1000000;
37 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 37 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
38 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm->n_ranks) { 38 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm->n_ranks) {
39 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 39 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
40 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust; 40 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust;
41 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start; 41 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start;
42 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 42 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
43 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 43 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
44 popts->cpo_override = pbsp->cpo_override; 44 popts->cpo_override = pbsp->cpo_override;
45 popts->write_data_delay = 45 popts->write_data_delay =
46 pbsp->write_data_delay; 46 pbsp->write_data_delay;
47 goto found; 47 goto found;
48 } 48 }
49 pbsp_highest = pbsp; 49 pbsp_highest = pbsp;
50 } 50 }
51 pbsp++; 51 pbsp++;
52 } 52 }
53 53
54 if (pbsp_highest) { 54 if (pbsp_highest) {
55 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for %lu MT/s\n", 55 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for %lu MT/s\n",
56 ddr_freq); 56 ddr_freq);
57 printf("Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n", 57 printf("Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n",
58 pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high); 58 pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high);
59 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust; 59 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust;
60 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start; 60 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start;
61 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 61 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
62 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 62 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
63 } else { 63 } else {
64 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board"); 64 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board");
65 } 65 }
66 found: 66 found:
67 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n", 67 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n",
68 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb); 68 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb);
69 69
70 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */ 70 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */
71 popts->data_bus_width = 1; 71 popts->data_bus_width = 1;
72 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0; 72 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0;
73 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8; 73 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8;
74 74
75 /* 75 /*
76 * Factors to consider for half-strength driver enable: 76 * Factors to consider for half-strength driver enable:
77 * - number of DIMMs installed 77 * - number of DIMMs installed
78 */ 78 */
79 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 1; 79 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 1;
80 /* 80 /*
81 * Write leveling override 81 * Write leveling override
82 */ 82 */
83 popts->wrlvl_override = 1; 83 popts->wrlvl_override = 1;
84 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0xf; 84 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0xf;
85 85
86 /* 86 /*
87 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override 87 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override
88 */ 88 */
89 popts->rtt_override = 0; 89 popts->rtt_override = 0;
90 90
91 /* Enable ZQ calibration */ 91 /* Enable ZQ calibration */
92 popts->zq_en = 1; 92 popts->zq_en = 1;
93 93
94 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 94 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
95 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm) | 95 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm) |
96 DDR_CDR2_VREF_OVRD(70); /* Vref = 70% */ 96 DDR_CDR2_VREF_OVRD(70); /* Vref = 70% */
97 } 97 }
98 98
99 /* DDR model number: MT40A512M8HX-093E */ 99 /* DDR model number: MT40A512M8HX-093E */
100 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 100 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
101 dimm_params_t ddr_raw_timing = { 101 dimm_params_t ddr_raw_timing = {
102 .n_ranks = 1, 102 .n_ranks = 1,
103 .rank_density = 2147483648u, 103 .rank_density = 2147483648u,
104 .capacity = 2147483648u, 104 .capacity = 2147483648u,
105 .primary_sdram_width = 32, 105 .primary_sdram_width = 32,
106 .ec_sdram_width = 0, 106 .ec_sdram_width = 0,
107 .registered_dimm = 0, 107 .registered_dimm = 0,
108 .mirrored_dimm = 0, 108 .mirrored_dimm = 0,
109 .n_row_addr = 15, 109 .n_row_addr = 15,
110 .n_col_addr = 10, 110 .n_col_addr = 10,
111 .bank_addr_bits = 0, 111 .bank_addr_bits = 0,
112 .bank_group_bits = 2, 112 .bank_group_bits = 2,
113 .edc_config = 0, 113 .edc_config = 0,
114 .burst_lengths_bitmask = 0x0c, 114 .burst_lengths_bitmask = 0x0c,
115 115
116 .tckmin_x_ps = 938, 116 .tckmin_x_ps = 938,
117 .tckmax_ps = 1500, 117 .tckmax_ps = 1500,
118 .caslat_x = 0x000DFA00, 118 .caslat_x = 0x000DFA00,
119 .taa_ps = 13500, 119 .taa_ps = 13500,
120 .trcd_ps = 13500, 120 .trcd_ps = 13500,
121 .trp_ps = 13500, 121 .trp_ps = 13500,
122 .tras_ps = 33000, 122 .tras_ps = 33000,
123 .trc_ps = 46500, 123 .trc_ps = 46500,
124 .trfc1_ps = 260000, 124 .trfc1_ps = 260000,
125 .trfc2_ps = 160000, 125 .trfc2_ps = 160000,
126 .trfc4_ps = 110000, 126 .trfc4_ps = 110000,
127 .tfaw_ps = 21000, 127 .tfaw_ps = 21000,
128 .trrds_ps = 3700, 128 .trrds_ps = 3700,
129 .trrdl_ps = 5300, 129 .trrdl_ps = 5300,
130 .tccdl_ps = 5355, 130 .tccdl_ps = 5355,
131 .refresh_rate_ps = 7800000, 131 .refresh_rate_ps = 7800000,
132 .dq_mapping[0] = 0x0, 132 .dq_mapping[0] = 0x0,
133 .dq_mapping[1] = 0x0, 133 .dq_mapping[1] = 0x0,
134 .dq_mapping[2] = 0x0, 134 .dq_mapping[2] = 0x0,
135 .dq_mapping[3] = 0x0, 135 .dq_mapping[3] = 0x0,
136 .dq_mapping[4] = 0x0, 136 .dq_mapping[4] = 0x0,
137 .dq_mapping[5] = 0x0, 137 .dq_mapping[5] = 0x0,
138 .dq_mapping[6] = 0x0, 138 .dq_mapping[6] = 0x0,
139 .dq_mapping[7] = 0x0, 139 .dq_mapping[7] = 0x0,
140 .dq_mapping[8] = 0x0, 140 .dq_mapping[8] = 0x0,
141 .dq_mapping[9] = 0x0, 141 .dq_mapping[9] = 0x0,
142 .dq_mapping[10] = 0x0, 142 .dq_mapping[10] = 0x0,
143 .dq_mapping[11] = 0x0, 143 .dq_mapping[11] = 0x0,
144 .dq_mapping[12] = 0x0, 144 .dq_mapping[12] = 0x0,
145 .dq_mapping[13] = 0x0, 145 .dq_mapping[13] = 0x0,
146 .dq_mapping[14] = 0x0, 146 .dq_mapping[14] = 0x0,
147 .dq_mapping[15] = 0x0, 147 .dq_mapping[15] = 0x0,
148 .dq_mapping[16] = 0x0, 148 .dq_mapping[16] = 0x0,
149 .dq_mapping[17] = 0x0, 149 .dq_mapping[17] = 0x0,
150 .dq_mapping_ors = 0, 150 .dq_mapping_ors = 0,
151 }; 151 };
152 152
153 int fsl_ddr_get_dimm_params(dimm_params_t *pdimm, 153 int fsl_ddr_get_dimm_params(dimm_params_t *pdimm,
154 unsigned int controller_number, 154 unsigned int controller_number,
155 unsigned int dimm_number) 155 unsigned int dimm_number)
156 { 156 {
157 static const char dimm_model[] = "Fixed DDR on board"; 157 static const char dimm_model[] = "Fixed DDR on board";
158 158
159 if (((controller_number == 0) && (dimm_number == 0)) || 159 if (((controller_number == 0) && (dimm_number == 0)) ||
160 ((controller_number == 1) && (dimm_number == 0))) { 160 ((controller_number == 1) && (dimm_number == 0))) {
161 memcpy(pdimm, &ddr_raw_timing, sizeof(dimm_params_t)); 161 memcpy(pdimm, &ddr_raw_timing, sizeof(dimm_params_t));
162 memset(pdimm->mpart, 0, sizeof(pdimm->mpart)); 162 memset(pdimm->mpart, 0, sizeof(pdimm->mpart));
163 memcpy(pdimm->mpart, dimm_model, sizeof(dimm_model) - 1); 163 memcpy(pdimm->mpart, dimm_model, sizeof(dimm_model) - 1);
164 } 164 }
165 165
166 return 0; 166 return 0;
167 } 167 }
168 #endif 168 #endif
169 169
170 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type) 170 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type)
171 { 171 {
172 phys_size_t dram_size; 172 phys_size_t dram_size;
173 173
174 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) || !defined(CONFIG_SPL) 174 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) || !defined(CONFIG_SPL)
175 puts("Initializing DDR....\n"); 175 puts("Initializing DDR....\n");
176 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram(); 176 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram();
177 #else 177 #else
178 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram_size(); 178 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram_size();
179 #endif 179 #endif
180 erratum_a008850_post(); 180 erratum_a008850_post();
181 181
182 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP 182 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_DEEP_SLEEP
183 fsl_dp_ddr_restore(); 183 fsl_dp_ddr_restore();
184 #endif 184 #endif
185 185
186 return dram_size; 186 return dram_size;
187 } 187 }
188 188
189 void dram_init_banksize(void) 189 void dram_init_banksize(void)
190 { 190 {
191 /* 191 /*
192 * gd->secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory. 192 * gd->arch.secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory.
193 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0. 193 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0.
194 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank. 194 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank.
195 */ 195 */
196 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 196 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
197 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) { 197 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) {
198 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 198 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
199 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE; 199 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE;
200 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size - 200 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size -
201 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 201 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
202 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 202 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
203 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start + 203 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start +
204 gd->secure_ram - 204 gd->arch.secure_ram -
205 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 205 CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
206 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 206 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
207 #endif 207 #endif
208 } else { 208 } else {
209 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size; 209 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size;
210 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 210 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
211 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start + gd->secure_ram; 211 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start +
212 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 212 gd->arch.secure_ram;
213 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
213 #endif 214 #endif
214 } 215 }
215 } 216 }
216 217
board/freescale/ls2080a/ddr.c
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2014 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2014 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 #include <common.h> 7 #include <common.h>
8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h> 8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h>
9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h> 9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h>
10 #include <asm/arch/soc.h> 10 #include <asm/arch/soc.h>
11 #include "ddr.h" 11 #include "ddr.h"
12 12
13 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 13 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
14 14
15 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts, 15 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts,
16 dimm_params_t *pdimm, 16 dimm_params_t *pdimm,
17 unsigned int ctrl_num) 17 unsigned int ctrl_num)
18 { 18 {
19 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL; 19 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL;
20 ulong ddr_freq; 20 ulong ddr_freq;
21 21
22 if (ctrl_num > 3) { 22 if (ctrl_num > 3) {
23 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num); 23 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num);
24 return; 24 return;
25 } 25 }
26 if (!pdimm->n_ranks) 26 if (!pdimm->n_ranks)
27 return; 27 return;
28 28
29 /* 29 /*
30 * we use identical timing for all slots. If needed, change the code 30 * we use identical timing for all slots. If needed, change the code
31 * to pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num] or pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num]; 31 * to pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num] or pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num];
32 */ 32 */
33 if (popts->registered_dimm_en) 33 if (popts->registered_dimm_en)
34 pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num]; 34 pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num];
35 else 35 else
36 pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num]; 36 pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num];
37 37
38 38
39 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr 39 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr
40 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table. 40 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table.
41 */ 41 */
42 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(0) / 1000000; 42 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(0) / 1000000;
43 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 43 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
44 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm->n_ranks && 44 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm->n_ranks &&
45 (pdimm->rank_density >> 30) >= pbsp->rank_gb) { 45 (pdimm->rank_density >> 30) >= pbsp->rank_gb) {
46 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 46 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
47 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust; 47 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust;
48 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start; 48 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start;
49 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 49 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
50 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 50 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
51 goto found; 51 goto found;
52 } 52 }
53 pbsp_highest = pbsp; 53 pbsp_highest = pbsp;
54 } 54 }
55 pbsp++; 55 pbsp++;
56 } 56 }
57 57
58 if (pbsp_highest) { 58 if (pbsp_highest) {
59 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for data rate %lu MT/s\n" 59 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for data rate %lu MT/s\n"
60 "Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n", 60 "Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n",
61 ddr_freq, pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high); 61 ddr_freq, pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high);
62 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust; 62 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust;
63 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start; 63 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start;
64 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 64 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
65 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 65 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
66 } else { 66 } else {
67 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board"); 67 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board");
68 } 68 }
69 found: 69 found:
70 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n" 70 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n"
71 "\tclk_adjust %d, wrlvl_start %d, wrlvl_ctrl_2 0x%x, wrlvl_ctrl_3 0x%x\n", 71 "\tclk_adjust %d, wrlvl_start %d, wrlvl_ctrl_2 0x%x, wrlvl_ctrl_3 0x%x\n",
72 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb, 72 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb,
73 pbsp->clk_adjust, pbsp->wrlvl_start, pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2, 73 pbsp->clk_adjust, pbsp->wrlvl_start, pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2,
74 pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3); 74 pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3);
75 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 75 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
76 if (ctrl_num == CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL) { 76 if (ctrl_num == CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL) {
77 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */ 77 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */
78 popts->data_bus_width = 1; 78 popts->data_bus_width = 1;
79 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0; 79 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0;
80 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8; 80 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8;
81 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */ 81 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */
82 } 82 }
83 #endif 83 #endif
84 /* 84 /*
85 * Factors to consider for half-strength driver enable: 85 * Factors to consider for half-strength driver enable:
86 * - number of DIMMs installed 86 * - number of DIMMs installed
87 */ 87 */
88 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 1; 88 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 1;
89 /* 89 /*
90 * Write leveling override 90 * Write leveling override
91 */ 91 */
92 popts->wrlvl_override = 1; 92 popts->wrlvl_override = 1;
93 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0xf; 93 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0xf;
94 94
95 /* 95 /*
96 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override 96 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override
97 */ 97 */
98 popts->rtt_override = 0; 98 popts->rtt_override = 0;
99 99
100 /* Enable ZQ calibration */ 100 /* Enable ZQ calibration */
101 popts->zq_en = 1; 101 popts->zq_en = 1;
102 102
103 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 103 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
104 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 104 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
105 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm) | 105 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm) |
106 DDR_CDR2_VREF_OVRD(70); /* Vref = 70% */ 106 DDR_CDR2_VREF_OVRD(70); /* Vref = 70% */
107 #else 107 #else
108 /* DHC_EN =1, ODT = 75 Ohm */ 108 /* DHC_EN =1, ODT = 75 Ohm */
109 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm); 109 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm);
110 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm); 110 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_75ohm);
111 #endif 111 #endif
112 } 112 }
113 113
114 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 114 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
115 dimm_params_t ddr_raw_timing = { 115 dimm_params_t ddr_raw_timing = {
116 .n_ranks = 2, 116 .n_ranks = 2,
117 .rank_density = 1073741824u, 117 .rank_density = 1073741824u,
118 .capacity = 2147483648, 118 .capacity = 2147483648,
119 .primary_sdram_width = 64, 119 .primary_sdram_width = 64,
120 .ec_sdram_width = 0, 120 .ec_sdram_width = 0,
121 .registered_dimm = 0, 121 .registered_dimm = 0,
122 .mirrored_dimm = 0, 122 .mirrored_dimm = 0,
123 .n_row_addr = 14, 123 .n_row_addr = 14,
124 .n_col_addr = 10, 124 .n_col_addr = 10,
125 .n_banks_per_sdram_device = 8, 125 .n_banks_per_sdram_device = 8,
126 .edc_config = 0, 126 .edc_config = 0,
127 .burst_lengths_bitmask = 0x0c, 127 .burst_lengths_bitmask = 0x0c,
128 128
129 .tckmin_x_ps = 937, 129 .tckmin_x_ps = 937,
130 .caslat_x = 0x6FC << 4, /* 14,13,11,10,9,8,7,6 */ 130 .caslat_x = 0x6FC << 4, /* 14,13,11,10,9,8,7,6 */
131 .taa_ps = 13090, 131 .taa_ps = 13090,
132 .twr_ps = 15000, 132 .twr_ps = 15000,
133 .trcd_ps = 13090, 133 .trcd_ps = 13090,
134 .trrd_ps = 5000, 134 .trrd_ps = 5000,
135 .trp_ps = 13090, 135 .trp_ps = 13090,
136 .tras_ps = 33000, 136 .tras_ps = 33000,
137 .trc_ps = 46090, 137 .trc_ps = 46090,
138 .trfc_ps = 160000, 138 .trfc_ps = 160000,
139 .twtr_ps = 7500, 139 .twtr_ps = 7500,
140 .trtp_ps = 7500, 140 .trtp_ps = 7500,
141 .refresh_rate_ps = 7800000, 141 .refresh_rate_ps = 7800000,
142 .tfaw_ps = 25000, 142 .tfaw_ps = 25000,
143 }; 143 };
144 144
145 int fsl_ddr_get_dimm_params(dimm_params_t *pdimm, 145 int fsl_ddr_get_dimm_params(dimm_params_t *pdimm,
146 unsigned int controller_number, 146 unsigned int controller_number,
147 unsigned int dimm_number) 147 unsigned int dimm_number)
148 { 148 {
149 const char dimm_model[] = "Fixed DDR on board"; 149 const char dimm_model[] = "Fixed DDR on board";
150 150
151 if (((controller_number == 0) && (dimm_number == 0)) || 151 if (((controller_number == 0) && (dimm_number == 0)) ||
152 ((controller_number == 1) && (dimm_number == 0))) { 152 ((controller_number == 1) && (dimm_number == 0))) {
153 memcpy(pdimm, &ddr_raw_timing, sizeof(dimm_params_t)); 153 memcpy(pdimm, &ddr_raw_timing, sizeof(dimm_params_t));
154 memset(pdimm->mpart, 0, sizeof(pdimm->mpart)); 154 memset(pdimm->mpart, 0, sizeof(pdimm->mpart));
155 memcpy(pdimm->mpart, dimm_model, sizeof(dimm_model) - 1); 155 memcpy(pdimm->mpart, dimm_model, sizeof(dimm_model) - 1);
156 } 156 }
157 157
158 return 0; 158 return 0;
159 } 159 }
160 #endif 160 #endif
161 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type) 161 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type)
162 { 162 {
163 phys_size_t dram_size; 163 phys_size_t dram_size;
164 164
165 puts("Initializing DDR...."); 165 puts("Initializing DDR....");
166 166
167 puts("using SPD\n"); 167 puts("using SPD\n");
168 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram(); 168 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram();
169 169
170 return dram_size; 170 return dram_size;
171 } 171 }
172 172
173 void dram_init_banksize(void) 173 void dram_init_banksize(void)
174 { 174 {
175 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY 175 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY
176 phys_size_t dp_ddr_size; 176 phys_size_t dp_ddr_size;
177 #endif 177 #endif
178 178
179 /* 179 /*
180 * gd->secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory. 180 * gd->arch.secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory.
181 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0. 181 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0.
182 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank. 182 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank.
183 */ 183 */
184 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 184 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
185 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) { 185 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) {
186 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 186 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
187 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE; 187 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE;
188 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size - 188 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size -
189 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 189 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
190 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 190 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
191 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start + 191 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start +
192 gd->secure_ram - 192 gd->arch.secure_ram -
193 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 193 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
194 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 194 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
195 #endif 195 #endif
196 } else { 196 } else {
197 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size; 197 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size;
198 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 198 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
199 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start + gd->secure_ram; 199 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start +
200 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 200 gd->arch.secure_ram;
201 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
201 #endif 202 #endif
202 } 203 }
203 204
204 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY 205 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY
205 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) { 206 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) {
206 /* initialize DP-DDR here */ 207 /* initialize DP-DDR here */
207 puts("DP-DDR: "); 208 puts("DP-DDR: ");
208 /* 209 /*
209 * DDR controller use 0 as the base address for binding. 210 * DDR controller use 0 as the base address for binding.
210 * It is mapped to CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE for core to access. 211 * It is mapped to CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE for core to access.
211 */ 212 */
212 dp_ddr_size = fsl_other_ddr_sdram(CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY, 213 dp_ddr_size = fsl_other_ddr_sdram(CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY,
213 CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL, 214 CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL,
214 CONFIG_DP_DDR_NUM_CTRLS, 215 CONFIG_DP_DDR_NUM_CTRLS,
215 CONFIG_DP_DDR_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR, 216 CONFIG_DP_DDR_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR,
216 NULL, NULL, NULL); 217 NULL, NULL, NULL);
217 if (dp_ddr_size) { 218 if (dp_ddr_size) {
218 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].start = CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE; 219 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].start = CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE;
219 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].size = dp_ddr_size; 220 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].size = dp_ddr_size;
220 } else { 221 } else {
221 puts("Not detected"); 222 puts("Not detected");
222 } 223 }
223 } 224 }
224 #endif 225 #endif
225 } 226 }
226 227
board/freescale/ls2080aqds/ddr.c
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 #include <common.h> 7 #include <common.h>
8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h> 8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h>
9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h> 9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h>
10 #include <asm/arch/soc.h> 10 #include <asm/arch/soc.h>
11 #include "ddr.h" 11 #include "ddr.h"
12 12
13 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 13 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
14 14
15 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts, 15 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts,
16 dimm_params_t *pdimm, 16 dimm_params_t *pdimm,
17 unsigned int ctrl_num) 17 unsigned int ctrl_num)
18 { 18 {
19 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 19 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
20 u8 dq_mapping_0, dq_mapping_2, dq_mapping_3; 20 u8 dq_mapping_0, dq_mapping_2, dq_mapping_3;
21 #endif 21 #endif
22 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL; 22 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL;
23 ulong ddr_freq; 23 ulong ddr_freq;
24 int slot; 24 int slot;
25 25
26 if (ctrl_num > 2) { 26 if (ctrl_num > 2) {
27 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num); 27 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num);
28 return; 28 return;
29 } 29 }
30 30
31 for (slot = 0; slot < CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR; slot++) { 31 for (slot = 0; slot < CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR; slot++) {
32 if (pdimm[slot].n_ranks) 32 if (pdimm[slot].n_ranks)
33 break; 33 break;
34 } 34 }
35 35
36 if (slot >= CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR) 36 if (slot >= CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR)
37 return; 37 return;
38 38
39 /* 39 /*
40 * we use identical timing for all slots. If needed, change the code 40 * we use identical timing for all slots. If needed, change the code
41 * to pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num] or pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num]; 41 * to pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num] or pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num];
42 */ 42 */
43 if (popts->registered_dimm_en) 43 if (popts->registered_dimm_en)
44 pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num]; 44 pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num];
45 else 45 else
46 pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num]; 46 pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num];
47 47
48 48
49 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr 49 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr
50 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table. 50 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table.
51 */ 51 */
52 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(ctrl_num) / 1000000; 52 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(ctrl_num) / 1000000;
53 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 53 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
54 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm[slot].n_ranks && 54 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm[slot].n_ranks &&
55 (pdimm[slot].rank_density >> 30) >= pbsp->rank_gb) { 55 (pdimm[slot].rank_density >> 30) >= pbsp->rank_gb) {
56 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 56 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
57 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust; 57 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust;
58 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start; 58 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start;
59 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 59 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
60 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 60 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
61 goto found; 61 goto found;
62 } 62 }
63 pbsp_highest = pbsp; 63 pbsp_highest = pbsp;
64 } 64 }
65 pbsp++; 65 pbsp++;
66 } 66 }
67 67
68 if (pbsp_highest) { 68 if (pbsp_highest) {
69 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for data rate %lu MT/s\n" 69 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for data rate %lu MT/s\n"
70 "Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n", 70 "Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n",
71 ddr_freq, pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high); 71 ddr_freq, pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high);
72 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust; 72 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust;
73 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start; 73 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start;
74 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 74 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
75 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 75 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
76 } else { 76 } else {
77 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board"); 77 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board");
78 } 78 }
79 found: 79 found:
80 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n" 80 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n"
81 "\tclk_adjust %d, wrlvl_start %d, wrlvl_ctrl_2 0x%x, wrlvl_ctrl_3 0x%x\n", 81 "\tclk_adjust %d, wrlvl_start %d, wrlvl_ctrl_2 0x%x, wrlvl_ctrl_3 0x%x\n",
82 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb, 82 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb,
83 pbsp->clk_adjust, pbsp->wrlvl_start, pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2, 83 pbsp->clk_adjust, pbsp->wrlvl_start, pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2,
84 pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3); 84 pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3);
85 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 85 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
86 if (ctrl_num == CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL) { 86 if (ctrl_num == CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL) {
87 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */ 87 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */
88 popts->data_bus_width = 1; 88 popts->data_bus_width = 1;
89 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0; 89 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0;
90 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8; 90 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8;
91 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */ 91 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */
92 /* 92 /*
93 * Layout optimization results byte mapping 93 * Layout optimization results byte mapping
94 * Byte 0 -> Byte ECC 94 * Byte 0 -> Byte ECC
95 * Byte 1 -> Byte 3 95 * Byte 1 -> Byte 3
96 * Byte 2 -> Byte 2 96 * Byte 2 -> Byte 2
97 * Byte 3 -> Byte 1 97 * Byte 3 -> Byte 1
98 * Byte ECC -> Byte 0 98 * Byte ECC -> Byte 0
99 */ 99 */
100 dq_mapping_0 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0]; 100 dq_mapping_0 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0];
101 dq_mapping_2 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2]; 101 dq_mapping_2 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2];
102 dq_mapping_3 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3]; 102 dq_mapping_3 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3];
103 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8]; 103 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8];
104 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[1] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9]; 104 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[1] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9];
105 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6]; 105 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6];
106 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7]; 106 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7];
107 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6] = dq_mapping_2; 107 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6] = dq_mapping_2;
108 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7] = dq_mapping_3; 108 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7] = dq_mapping_3;
109 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8] = dq_mapping_0; 109 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8] = dq_mapping_0;
110 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9] = 0; 110 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9] = 0;
111 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[10] = 0; 111 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[10] = 0;
112 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[11] = 0; 112 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[11] = 0;
113 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[12] = 0; 113 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[12] = 0;
114 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[13] = 0; 114 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[13] = 0;
115 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[14] = 0; 115 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[14] = 0;
116 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[15] = 0; 116 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[15] = 0;
117 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[16] = 0; 117 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[16] = 0;
118 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[17] = 0; 118 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[17] = 0;
119 } 119 }
120 #endif 120 #endif
121 /* To work at higher than 1333MT/s */ 121 /* To work at higher than 1333MT/s */
122 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 0; 122 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 0;
123 /* 123 /*
124 * Write leveling override 124 * Write leveling override
125 */ 125 */
126 popts->wrlvl_override = 1; 126 popts->wrlvl_override = 1;
127 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0x0; /* 32 clocks */ 127 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0x0; /* 32 clocks */
128 128
129 /* 129 /*
130 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override 130 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override
131 */ 131 */
132 popts->rtt_override = 0; 132 popts->rtt_override = 0;
133 133
134 /* Enable ZQ calibration */ 134 /* Enable ZQ calibration */
135 popts->zq_en = 1; 135 popts->zq_en = 1;
136 136
137 if (ddr_freq < 2350) { 137 if (ddr_freq < 2350) {
138 if (pdimm[0].n_ranks == 2 && pdimm[1].n_ranks == 2) { 138 if (pdimm[0].n_ranks == 2 && pdimm[1].n_ranks == 2) {
139 /* four chip-selects */ 139 /* four chip-selects */
140 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | 140 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN |
141 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 141 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
142 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 142 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
143 popts->twot_en = 1; /* enable 2T timing */ 143 popts->twot_en = 1; /* enable 2T timing */
144 } else { 144 } else {
145 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | 145 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN |
146 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm); 146 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm);
147 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm) | 147 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm) |
148 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2; 148 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2;
149 } 149 }
150 } else { 150 } else {
151 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | 151 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN |
152 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm); 152 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm);
153 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm) | 153 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm) |
154 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2; 154 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2;
155 } 155 }
156 } 156 }
157 157
158 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type) 158 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type)
159 { 159 {
160 phys_size_t dram_size; 160 phys_size_t dram_size;
161 161
162 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL) && !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) 162 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL) && !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD)
163 return fsl_ddr_sdram_size(); 163 return fsl_ddr_sdram_size();
164 #else 164 #else
165 puts("Initializing DDR....using SPD\n"); 165 puts("Initializing DDR....using SPD\n");
166 166
167 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram(); 167 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram();
168 #endif 168 #endif
169 169
170 return dram_size; 170 return dram_size;
171 } 171 }
172 172
173 void dram_init_banksize(void) 173 void dram_init_banksize(void)
174 { 174 {
175 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY 175 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY
176 phys_size_t dp_ddr_size; 176 phys_size_t dp_ddr_size;
177 #endif 177 #endif
178 178
179 /* 179 /*
180 * gd->secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory. 180 * gd->arch.secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory.
181 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0. 181 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0.
182 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank. 182 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank.
183 */ 183 */
184 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 184 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
185 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) { 185 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) {
186 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 186 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
187 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE; 187 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE;
188 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size - 188 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size -
189 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 189 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
190 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 190 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
191 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start + 191 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start +
192 gd->secure_ram - 192 gd->arch.secure_ram -
193 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 193 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
194 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 194 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
195 #endif 195 #endif
196 } else { 196 } else {
197 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size; 197 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size;
198 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 198 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
199 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start + gd->secure_ram; 199 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start +
200 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 200 gd->arch.secure_ram;
201 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
201 #endif 202 #endif
202 } 203 }
203 204
204 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY 205 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY
205 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) { 206 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) {
206 /* initialize DP-DDR here */ 207 /* initialize DP-DDR here */
207 puts("DP-DDR: "); 208 puts("DP-DDR: ");
208 /* 209 /*
209 * DDR controller use 0 as the base address for binding. 210 * DDR controller use 0 as the base address for binding.
210 * It is mapped to CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE for core to access. 211 * It is mapped to CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE for core to access.
211 */ 212 */
212 dp_ddr_size = fsl_other_ddr_sdram(CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY, 213 dp_ddr_size = fsl_other_ddr_sdram(CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY,
213 CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL, 214 CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL,
214 CONFIG_DP_DDR_NUM_CTRLS, 215 CONFIG_DP_DDR_NUM_CTRLS,
215 CONFIG_DP_DDR_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR, 216 CONFIG_DP_DDR_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR,
216 NULL, NULL, NULL); 217 NULL, NULL, NULL);
217 if (dp_ddr_size) { 218 if (dp_ddr_size) {
218 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].start = CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE; 219 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].start = CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE;
219 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].size = dp_ddr_size; 220 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].size = dp_ddr_size;
220 } else { 221 } else {
221 puts("Not detected"); 222 puts("Not detected");
222 } 223 }
223 } 224 }
224 #endif 225 #endif
225 } 226 }
226 227
board/freescale/ls2080ardb/ddr.c
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2015 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 4 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 #include <common.h> 7 #include <common.h>
8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h> 8 #include <fsl_ddr_sdram.h>
9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h> 9 #include <fsl_ddr_dimm_params.h>
10 #include <asm/arch/soc.h> 10 #include <asm/arch/soc.h>
11 #include "ddr.h" 11 #include "ddr.h"
12 12
13 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 13 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
14 14
15 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts, 15 void fsl_ddr_board_options(memctl_options_t *popts,
16 dimm_params_t *pdimm, 16 dimm_params_t *pdimm,
17 unsigned int ctrl_num) 17 unsigned int ctrl_num)
18 { 18 {
19 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 19 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
20 u8 dq_mapping_0, dq_mapping_2, dq_mapping_3; 20 u8 dq_mapping_0, dq_mapping_2, dq_mapping_3;
21 #endif 21 #endif
22 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL; 22 const struct board_specific_parameters *pbsp, *pbsp_highest = NULL;
23 ulong ddr_freq; 23 ulong ddr_freq;
24 int slot; 24 int slot;
25 25
26 if (ctrl_num > 2) { 26 if (ctrl_num > 2) {
27 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num); 27 printf("Not supported controller number %d\n", ctrl_num);
28 return; 28 return;
29 } 29 }
30 30
31 for (slot = 0; slot < CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR; slot++) { 31 for (slot = 0; slot < CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR; slot++) {
32 if (pdimm[slot].n_ranks) 32 if (pdimm[slot].n_ranks)
33 break; 33 break;
34 } 34 }
35 35
36 if (slot >= CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR) 36 if (slot >= CONFIG_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR)
37 return; 37 return;
38 38
39 /* 39 /*
40 * we use identical timing for all slots. If needed, change the code 40 * we use identical timing for all slots. If needed, change the code
41 * to pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num] or pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num]; 41 * to pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num] or pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num];
42 */ 42 */
43 if (popts->registered_dimm_en) 43 if (popts->registered_dimm_en)
44 pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num]; 44 pbsp = rdimms[ctrl_num];
45 else 45 else
46 pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num]; 46 pbsp = udimms[ctrl_num];
47 47
48 48
49 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr 49 /* Get clk_adjust, wrlvl_start, wrlvl_ctl, according to the board ddr
50 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table. 50 * freqency and n_banks specified in board_specific_parameters table.
51 */ 51 */
52 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(ctrl_num) / 1000000; 52 ddr_freq = get_ddr_freq(ctrl_num) / 1000000;
53 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 53 while (pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
54 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm[slot].n_ranks && 54 if (pbsp->n_ranks == pdimm[slot].n_ranks &&
55 (pdimm[slot].rank_density >> 30) >= pbsp->rank_gb) { 55 (pdimm[slot].rank_density >> 30) >= pbsp->rank_gb) {
56 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) { 56 if (ddr_freq <= pbsp->datarate_mhz_high) {
57 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust; 57 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp->clk_adjust;
58 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start; 58 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp->wrlvl_start;
59 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 59 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
60 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 60 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
61 goto found; 61 goto found;
62 } 62 }
63 pbsp_highest = pbsp; 63 pbsp_highest = pbsp;
64 } 64 }
65 pbsp++; 65 pbsp++;
66 } 66 }
67 67
68 if (pbsp_highest) { 68 if (pbsp_highest) {
69 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for data rate %lu MT/s\n" 69 printf("Error: board specific timing not found for data rate %lu MT/s\n"
70 "Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n", 70 "Trying to use the highest speed (%u) parameters\n",
71 ddr_freq, pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high); 71 ddr_freq, pbsp_highest->datarate_mhz_high);
72 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust; 72 popts->clk_adjust = pbsp_highest->clk_adjust;
73 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start; 73 popts->wrlvl_start = pbsp_highest->wrlvl_start;
74 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2; 74 popts->wrlvl_ctl_2 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2;
75 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3; 75 popts->wrlvl_ctl_3 = pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3;
76 } else { 76 } else {
77 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board"); 77 panic("DIMM is not supported by this board");
78 } 78 }
79 found: 79 found:
80 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n" 80 debug("Found timing match: n_ranks %d, data rate %d, rank_gb %d\n"
81 "\tclk_adjust %d, wrlvl_start %d, wrlvl_ctrl_2 0x%x, wrlvl_ctrl_3 0x%x\n", 81 "\tclk_adjust %d, wrlvl_start %d, wrlvl_ctrl_2 0x%x, wrlvl_ctrl_3 0x%x\n",
82 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb, 82 pbsp->n_ranks, pbsp->datarate_mhz_high, pbsp->rank_gb,
83 pbsp->clk_adjust, pbsp->wrlvl_start, pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2, 83 pbsp->clk_adjust, pbsp->wrlvl_start, pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_2,
84 pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3); 84 pbsp->wrlvl_ctl_3);
85 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 85 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
86 if (ctrl_num == CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL) { 86 if (ctrl_num == CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL) {
87 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */ 87 /* force DDR bus width to 32 bits */
88 popts->data_bus_width = 1; 88 popts->data_bus_width = 1;
89 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0; 89 popts->otf_burst_chop_en = 0;
90 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8; 90 popts->burst_length = DDR_BL8;
91 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */ 91 popts->bstopre = 0; /* enable auto precharge */
92 /* 92 /*
93 * Layout optimization results byte mapping 93 * Layout optimization results byte mapping
94 * Byte 0 -> Byte ECC 94 * Byte 0 -> Byte ECC
95 * Byte 1 -> Byte 3 95 * Byte 1 -> Byte 3
96 * Byte 2 -> Byte 2 96 * Byte 2 -> Byte 2
97 * Byte 3 -> Byte 1 97 * Byte 3 -> Byte 1
98 * Byte ECC -> Byte 0 98 * Byte ECC -> Byte 0
99 */ 99 */
100 dq_mapping_0 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0]; 100 dq_mapping_0 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0];
101 dq_mapping_2 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2]; 101 dq_mapping_2 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2];
102 dq_mapping_3 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3]; 102 dq_mapping_3 = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3];
103 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8]; 103 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[0] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8];
104 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[1] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9]; 104 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[1] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9];
105 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6]; 105 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[2] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6];
106 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7]; 106 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[3] = pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7];
107 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6] = dq_mapping_2; 107 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[6] = dq_mapping_2;
108 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7] = dq_mapping_3; 108 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[7] = dq_mapping_3;
109 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8] = dq_mapping_0; 109 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[8] = dq_mapping_0;
110 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9] = 0; 110 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[9] = 0;
111 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[10] = 0; 111 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[10] = 0;
112 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[11] = 0; 112 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[11] = 0;
113 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[12] = 0; 113 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[12] = 0;
114 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[13] = 0; 114 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[13] = 0;
115 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[14] = 0; 115 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[14] = 0;
116 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[15] = 0; 116 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[15] = 0;
117 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[16] = 0; 117 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[16] = 0;
118 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[17] = 0; 118 pdimm[slot].dq_mapping[17] = 0;
119 } 119 }
120 #endif 120 #endif
121 /* To work at higher than 1333MT/s */ 121 /* To work at higher than 1333MT/s */
122 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 0; 122 popts->half_strength_driver_enable = 0;
123 /* 123 /*
124 * Write leveling override 124 * Write leveling override
125 */ 125 */
126 popts->wrlvl_override = 1; 126 popts->wrlvl_override = 1;
127 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0x0; /* 32 clocks */ 127 popts->wrlvl_sample = 0x0; /* 32 clocks */
128 128
129 /* 129 /*
130 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override 130 * Rtt and Rtt_WR override
131 */ 131 */
132 popts->rtt_override = 0; 132 popts->rtt_override = 0;
133 133
134 /* Enable ZQ calibration */ 134 /* Enable ZQ calibration */
135 popts->zq_en = 1; 135 popts->zq_en = 1;
136 136
137 if (ddr_freq < 2350) { 137 if (ddr_freq < 2350) {
138 if (pdimm[0].n_ranks == 2 && pdimm[1].n_ranks == 2) { 138 if (pdimm[0].n_ranks == 2 && pdimm[1].n_ranks == 2) {
139 /* four chip-selects */ 139 /* four chip-selects */
140 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | 140 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN |
141 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 141 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
142 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm); 142 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_80ohm);
143 popts->twot_en = 1; /* enable 2T timing */ 143 popts->twot_en = 1; /* enable 2T timing */
144 } else { 144 } else {
145 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | 145 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN |
146 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm); 146 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm);
147 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm) | 147 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_60ohm) |
148 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2; 148 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2;
149 } 149 }
150 } else { 150 } else {
151 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN | 151 popts->ddr_cdr1 = DDR_CDR1_DHC_EN |
152 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm); 152 DDR_CDR1_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm);
153 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm) | 153 popts->ddr_cdr2 = DDR_CDR2_ODT(DDR_CDR_ODT_100ohm) |
154 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2; 154 DDR_CDR2_VREF_RANGE_2;
155 } 155 }
156 } 156 }
157 157
158 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type) 158 phys_size_t initdram(int board_type)
159 { 159 {
160 phys_size_t dram_size; 160 phys_size_t dram_size;
161 161
162 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL) && !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) 162 #if defined(CONFIG_SPL) && !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD)
163 return fsl_ddr_sdram_size(); 163 return fsl_ddr_sdram_size();
164 #else 164 #else
165 puts("Initializing DDR....using SPD\n"); 165 puts("Initializing DDR....using SPD\n");
166 166
167 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram(); 167 dram_size = fsl_ddr_sdram();
168 #endif 168 #endif
169 169
170 return dram_size; 170 return dram_size;
171 } 171 }
172 172
173 void dram_init_banksize(void) 173 void dram_init_banksize(void)
174 { 174 {
175 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY 175 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY
176 phys_size_t dp_ddr_size; 176 phys_size_t dp_ddr_size;
177 #endif 177 #endif
178 178
179 /* 179 /*
180 * gd->secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory. 180 * gd->arch.secure_ram tracks the location of secure memory.
181 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0. 181 * It was set as if the memory starts from 0.
182 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank. 182 * The address needs to add the offset of its bank.
183 */ 183 */
184 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 184 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
185 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) { 185 if (gd->ram_size > CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE) {
186 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 186 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
187 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE; 187 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start = CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BLOCK2_BASE;
188 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size - 188 gd->bd->bi_dram[1].size = gd->ram_size -
189 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 189 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
190 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 190 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
191 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start + 191 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[1].start +
192 gd->secure_ram - 192 gd->arch.secure_ram -
193 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE; 193 CONFIG_SYS_LS2_DDR_BLOCK1_SIZE;
194 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 194 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
195 #endif 195 #endif
196 } else { 196 } else {
197 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size; 197 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = gd->ram_size;
198 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 198 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
199 gd->secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start + gd->secure_ram; 199 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start +
200 gd->secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED; 200 gd->arch.secure_ram;
201 gd->arch.secure_ram |= MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED;
201 #endif 202 #endif
202 } 203 }
203 204
204 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY 205 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY
205 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) { 206 if (soc_has_dp_ddr()) {
206 /* initialize DP-DDR here */ 207 /* initialize DP-DDR here */
207 puts("DP-DDR: "); 208 puts("DP-DDR: ");
208 /* 209 /*
209 * DDR controller use 0 as the base address for binding. 210 * DDR controller use 0 as the base address for binding.
210 * It is mapped to CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE for core to access. 211 * It is mapped to CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE for core to access.
211 */ 212 */
212 dp_ddr_size = fsl_other_ddr_sdram(CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY, 213 dp_ddr_size = fsl_other_ddr_sdram(CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE_PHY,
213 CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL, 214 CONFIG_DP_DDR_CTRL,
214 CONFIG_DP_DDR_NUM_CTRLS, 215 CONFIG_DP_DDR_NUM_CTRLS,
215 CONFIG_DP_DDR_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR, 216 CONFIG_DP_DDR_DIMM_SLOTS_PER_CTLR,
216 NULL, NULL, NULL); 217 NULL, NULL, NULL);
217 if (dp_ddr_size) { 218 if (dp_ddr_size) {
218 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].start = CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE; 219 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].start = CONFIG_SYS_DP_DDR_BASE;
219 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].size = dp_ddr_size; 220 gd->bd->bi_dram[2].size = dp_ddr_size;
220 } else { 221 } else {
221 puts("Not detected"); 222 puts("Not detected");
222 } 223 }
223 } 224 }
224 #endif 225 #endif
225 } 226 }
226 227
1 /* 1 /*
2 * (C) Copyright 2003 2 * (C) Copyright 2003
3 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 * 4 *
5 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 */ 6 */
7 7
8 /* 8 /*
9 * Boot support 9 * Boot support
10 */ 10 */
11 #include <common.h> 11 #include <common.h>
12 #include <command.h> 12 #include <command.h>
13 #include <linux/compiler.h> 13 #include <linux/compiler.h>
14 14
15 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 15 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
16 16
17 __maybe_unused 17 __maybe_unused
18 static void print_num(const char *name, ulong value) 18 static void print_num(const char *name, ulong value)
19 { 19 {
20 printf("%-12s= 0x%08lX\n", name, value); 20 printf("%-12s= 0x%08lX\n", name, value);
21 } 21 }
22 22
23 __maybe_unused 23 __maybe_unused
24 static void print_eth(int idx) 24 static void print_eth(int idx)
25 { 25 {
26 char name[10], *val; 26 char name[10], *val;
27 if (idx) 27 if (idx)
28 sprintf(name, "eth%iaddr", idx); 28 sprintf(name, "eth%iaddr", idx);
29 else 29 else
30 strcpy(name, "ethaddr"); 30 strcpy(name, "ethaddr");
31 val = getenv(name); 31 val = getenv(name);
32 if (!val) 32 if (!val)
33 val = "(not set)"; 33 val = "(not set)";
34 printf("%-12s= %s\n", name, val); 34 printf("%-12s= %s\n", name, val);
35 } 35 }
36 36
37 #ifndef CONFIG_DM_ETH 37 #ifndef CONFIG_DM_ETH
38 __maybe_unused 38 __maybe_unused
39 static void print_eths(void) 39 static void print_eths(void)
40 { 40 {
41 struct eth_device *dev; 41 struct eth_device *dev;
42 int i = 0; 42 int i = 0;
43 43
44 do { 44 do {
45 dev = eth_get_dev_by_index(i); 45 dev = eth_get_dev_by_index(i);
46 if (dev) { 46 if (dev) {
47 printf("eth%dname = %s\n", i, dev->name); 47 printf("eth%dname = %s\n", i, dev->name);
48 print_eth(i); 48 print_eth(i);
49 i++; 49 i++;
50 } 50 }
51 } while (dev); 51 } while (dev);
52 52
53 printf("current eth = %s\n", eth_get_name()); 53 printf("current eth = %s\n", eth_get_name());
54 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 54 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
55 } 55 }
56 #endif 56 #endif
57 57
58 __maybe_unused 58 __maybe_unused
59 static void print_lnum(const char *name, unsigned long long value) 59 static void print_lnum(const char *name, unsigned long long value)
60 { 60 {
61 printf("%-12s= 0x%.8llX\n", name, value); 61 printf("%-12s= 0x%.8llX\n", name, value);
62 } 62 }
63 63
64 __maybe_unused 64 __maybe_unused
65 static void print_mhz(const char *name, unsigned long hz) 65 static void print_mhz(const char *name, unsigned long hz)
66 { 66 {
67 char buf[32]; 67 char buf[32];
68 68
69 printf("%-12s= %6s MHz\n", name, strmhz(buf, hz)); 69 printf("%-12s= %6s MHz\n", name, strmhz(buf, hz));
70 } 70 }
71 71
72 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) 72 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC)
73 void __weak board_detail(void) 73 void __weak board_detail(void)
74 { 74 {
75 /* Please define boot_detail() for your platform */ 75 /* Please define boot_detail() for your platform */
76 } 76 }
77 77
78 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 78 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
79 { 79 {
80 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 80 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
81 81
82 #ifdef DEBUG 82 #ifdef DEBUG
83 print_num("bd address", (ulong)bd); 83 print_num("bd address", (ulong)bd);
84 #endif 84 #endif
85 print_num("memstart", bd->bi_memstart); 85 print_num("memstart", bd->bi_memstart);
86 print_lnum("memsize", bd->bi_memsize); 86 print_lnum("memsize", bd->bi_memsize);
87 print_num("flashstart", bd->bi_flashstart); 87 print_num("flashstart", bd->bi_flashstart);
88 print_num("flashsize", bd->bi_flashsize); 88 print_num("flashsize", bd->bi_flashsize);
89 print_num("flashoffset", bd->bi_flashoffset); 89 print_num("flashoffset", bd->bi_flashoffset);
90 print_num("sramstart", bd->bi_sramstart); 90 print_num("sramstart", bd->bi_sramstart);
91 print_num("sramsize", bd->bi_sramsize); 91 print_num("sramsize", bd->bi_sramsize);
92 #if defined(CONFIG_5xx) || defined(CONFIG_8xx) || \ 92 #if defined(CONFIG_5xx) || defined(CONFIG_8xx) || \
93 defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_E500) 93 defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_E500)
94 print_num("immr_base", bd->bi_immr_base); 94 print_num("immr_base", bd->bi_immr_base);
95 #endif 95 #endif
96 print_num("bootflags", bd->bi_bootflags); 96 print_num("bootflags", bd->bi_bootflags);
97 #if defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \ 97 #if defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \
98 defined(CONFIG_405GP) || \ 98 defined(CONFIG_405GP) || \
99 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || \ 99 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || \
100 defined(CONFIG_440GR) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) || \ 100 defined(CONFIG_440GR) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) || \
101 defined(CONFIG_440SP) || defined(CONFIG_440SPE) || \ 101 defined(CONFIG_440SP) || defined(CONFIG_440SPE) || \
102 defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405) 102 defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405)
103 print_mhz("procfreq", bd->bi_procfreq); 103 print_mhz("procfreq", bd->bi_procfreq);
104 print_mhz("plb_busfreq", bd->bi_plb_busfreq); 104 print_mhz("plb_busfreq", bd->bi_plb_busfreq);
105 #if defined(CONFIG_405EP) || defined(CONFIG_405GP) || \ 105 #if defined(CONFIG_405EP) || defined(CONFIG_405GP) || \
106 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || \ 106 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || \
107 defined(CONFIG_440GR) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) || \ 107 defined(CONFIG_440GR) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) || \
108 defined(CONFIG_440SPE) || defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405) 108 defined(CONFIG_440SPE) || defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405)
109 print_mhz("pci_busfreq", bd->bi_pci_busfreq); 109 print_mhz("pci_busfreq", bd->bi_pci_busfreq);
110 #endif 110 #endif
111 #else /* ! CONFIG_405GP, CONFIG_405EP, CONFIG_XILINX_405, CONFIG_440EP CONFIG_440GR */ 111 #else /* ! CONFIG_405GP, CONFIG_405EP, CONFIG_XILINX_405, CONFIG_440EP CONFIG_440GR */
112 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 112 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
113 print_mhz("vco", bd->bi_vco); 113 print_mhz("vco", bd->bi_vco);
114 print_mhz("sccfreq", bd->bi_sccfreq); 114 print_mhz("sccfreq", bd->bi_sccfreq);
115 print_mhz("brgfreq", bd->bi_brgfreq); 115 print_mhz("brgfreq", bd->bi_brgfreq);
116 #endif 116 #endif
117 print_mhz("intfreq", bd->bi_intfreq); 117 print_mhz("intfreq", bd->bi_intfreq);
118 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 118 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
119 print_mhz("cpmfreq", bd->bi_cpmfreq); 119 print_mhz("cpmfreq", bd->bi_cpmfreq);
120 #endif 120 #endif
121 print_mhz("busfreq", bd->bi_busfreq); 121 print_mhz("busfreq", bd->bi_busfreq);
122 #endif /* CONFIG_405GP, CONFIG_405EP, CONFIG_XILINX_405, CONFIG_440EP CONFIG_440GR */ 122 #endif /* CONFIG_405GP, CONFIG_405EP, CONFIG_XILINX_405, CONFIG_440EP CONFIG_440GR */
123 123
124 #ifdef CONFIG_ENABLE_36BIT_PHYS 124 #ifdef CONFIG_ENABLE_36BIT_PHYS
125 #ifdef CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT 125 #ifdef CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT
126 puts("addressing = 36-bit\n"); 126 puts("addressing = 36-bit\n");
127 #else 127 #else
128 puts("addressing = 32-bit\n"); 128 puts("addressing = 32-bit\n");
129 #endif 129 #endif
130 #endif 130 #endif
131 131
132 print_eth(0); 132 print_eth(0);
133 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH1) 133 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH1)
134 print_eth(1); 134 print_eth(1);
135 #endif 135 #endif
136 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH2) 136 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH2)
137 print_eth(2); 137 print_eth(2);
138 #endif 138 #endif
139 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH3) 139 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH3)
140 print_eth(3); 140 print_eth(3);
141 #endif 141 #endif
142 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH4) 142 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH4)
143 print_eth(4); 143 print_eth(4);
144 #endif 144 #endif
145 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH5) 145 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH5)
146 print_eth(5); 146 print_eth(5);
147 #endif 147 #endif
148 148
149 printf("IP addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 149 printf("IP addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
150 printf("baudrate = %6u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 150 printf("baudrate = %6u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
151 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr); 151 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr);
152 board_detail(); 152 board_detail();
153 return 0; 153 return 0;
154 } 154 }
155 155
156 #elif defined(CONFIG_NIOS2) 156 #elif defined(CONFIG_NIOS2)
157 157
158 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 158 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
159 { 159 {
160 int i; 160 int i;
161 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 161 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
162 162
163 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) { 163 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) {
164 print_num("DRAM bank", i); 164 print_num("DRAM bank", i);
165 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start); 165 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start);
166 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size); 166 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size);
167 } 167 }
168 168
169 print_num("flash start", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 169 print_num("flash start", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
170 print_num("flash size", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 170 print_num("flash size", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
171 print_num("flash offset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 171 print_num("flash offset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
172 172
173 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE) 173 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE)
174 print_num ("sram start", (ulong)bd->bi_sramstart); 174 print_num ("sram start", (ulong)bd->bi_sramstart);
175 print_num ("sram size", (ulong)bd->bi_sramsize); 175 print_num ("sram size", (ulong)bd->bi_sramsize);
176 #endif 176 #endif
177 177
178 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 178 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
179 print_eth(0); 179 print_eth(0);
180 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 180 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
181 #endif 181 #endif
182 182
183 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 183 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
184 184
185 return 0; 185 return 0;
186 } 186 }
187 187
188 #elif defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) 188 #elif defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE)
189 189
190 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 190 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
191 { 191 {
192 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 192 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
193 int i; 193 int i;
194 194
195 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) { 195 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) {
196 print_num("DRAM bank", i); 196 print_num("DRAM bank", i);
197 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start); 197 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start);
198 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size); 198 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size);
199 } 199 }
200 200
201 print_num("flash start ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 201 print_num("flash start ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
202 print_num("flash size ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 202 print_num("flash size ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
203 print_num("flash offset ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 203 print_num("flash offset ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
204 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE) 204 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE)
205 print_num("sram start ", (ulong)bd->bi_sramstart); 205 print_num("sram start ", (ulong)bd->bi_sramstart);
206 print_num("sram size ", (ulong)bd->bi_sramsize); 206 print_num("sram size ", (ulong)bd->bi_sramsize);
207 #endif 207 #endif
208 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) && !defined(CONFIG_DM_ETH) 208 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) && !defined(CONFIG_DM_ETH)
209 print_eths(); 209 print_eths();
210 #endif 210 #endif
211 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 211 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
212 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr); 212 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr);
213 print_num("reloc off", gd->reloc_off); 213 print_num("reloc off", gd->reloc_off);
214 print_num("fdt_blob", (ulong)gd->fdt_blob); 214 print_num("fdt_blob", (ulong)gd->fdt_blob);
215 print_num("new_fdt", (ulong)gd->new_fdt); 215 print_num("new_fdt", (ulong)gd->new_fdt);
216 print_num("fdt_size", (ulong)gd->fdt_size); 216 print_num("fdt_size", (ulong)gd->fdt_size);
217 217
218 return 0; 218 return 0;
219 } 219 }
220 220
221 #elif defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 221 #elif defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
222 222
223 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t * cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 223 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t * cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
224 { 224 {
225 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 225 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
226 226
227 #ifdef DEBUG 227 #ifdef DEBUG
228 print_num("bd address ", (ulong) bd); 228 print_num("bd address ", (ulong) bd);
229 #endif 229 #endif
230 print_num("memstart ", bd->bi_memstart); 230 print_num("memstart ", bd->bi_memstart);
231 print_lnum("memsize ", bd->bi_memsize); 231 print_lnum("memsize ", bd->bi_memsize);
232 print_num("flashstart ", bd->bi_flashstart); 232 print_num("flashstart ", bd->bi_flashstart);
233 print_num("CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE ", CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE); 233 print_num("CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE ", CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE);
234 print_num("CONFIG_ENV_ADDR ", CONFIG_ENV_ADDR); 234 print_num("CONFIG_ENV_ADDR ", CONFIG_ENV_ADDR);
235 printf("CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_MONITOR_BASE = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_MONITOR_BASE, 235 printf("CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_MONITOR_BASE = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_MONITOR_BASE,
236 CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN); 236 CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN);
237 printf("CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_BASE = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_BASE, 237 printf("CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_BASE = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_BASE,
238 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN); 238 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN);
239 printf("CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET, 239 printf("CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET,
240 CONFIG_SYS_STACK_SIZE); 240 CONFIG_SYS_STACK_SIZE);
241 printf("CONFIG_SYS_PROM_OFFSET = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_PROM_OFFSET, 241 printf("CONFIG_SYS_PROM_OFFSET = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_PROM_OFFSET,
242 CONFIG_SYS_PROM_SIZE); 242 CONFIG_SYS_PROM_SIZE);
243 printf("CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET, 243 printf("CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET = 0x%x (%d)\n", CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET,
244 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE); 244 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE);
245 245
246 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 246 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
247 print_eth(0); 247 print_eth(0);
248 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 248 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
249 #endif 249 #endif
250 printf("baudrate = %6u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 250 printf("baudrate = %6u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
251 return 0; 251 return 0;
252 } 252 }
253 253
254 #elif defined(CONFIG_M68K) 254 #elif defined(CONFIG_M68K)
255 255
256 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 256 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
257 { 257 {
258 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 258 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
259 259
260 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart); 260 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart);
261 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_memsize); 261 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_memsize);
262 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 262 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
263 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 263 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
264 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 264 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
265 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR) 265 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR)
266 print_num("sramstart", (ulong)bd->bi_sramstart); 266 print_num("sramstart", (ulong)bd->bi_sramstart);
267 print_num("sramsize", (ulong)bd->bi_sramsize); 267 print_num("sramsize", (ulong)bd->bi_sramsize);
268 #endif 268 #endif
269 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_MBAR) 269 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_MBAR)
270 print_num("mbar", bd->bi_mbar_base); 270 print_num("mbar", bd->bi_mbar_base);
271 #endif 271 #endif
272 print_mhz("cpufreq", bd->bi_intfreq); 272 print_mhz("cpufreq", bd->bi_intfreq);
273 print_mhz("busfreq", bd->bi_busfreq); 273 print_mhz("busfreq", bd->bi_busfreq);
274 #ifdef CONFIG_PCI 274 #ifdef CONFIG_PCI
275 print_mhz("pcifreq", bd->bi_pcifreq); 275 print_mhz("pcifreq", bd->bi_pcifreq);
276 #endif 276 #endif
277 #ifdef CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK 277 #ifdef CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK
278 print_mhz("flbfreq", bd->bi_flbfreq); 278 print_mhz("flbfreq", bd->bi_flbfreq);
279 print_mhz("inpfreq", bd->bi_inpfreq); 279 print_mhz("inpfreq", bd->bi_inpfreq);
280 print_mhz("vcofreq", bd->bi_vcofreq); 280 print_mhz("vcofreq", bd->bi_vcofreq);
281 #endif 281 #endif
282 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 282 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
283 print_eth(0); 283 print_eth(0);
284 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH1) 284 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH1)
285 print_eth(1); 285 print_eth(1);
286 #endif 286 #endif
287 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH2) 287 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH2)
288 print_eth(2); 288 print_eth(2);
289 #endif 289 #endif
290 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH3) 290 #if defined(CONFIG_HAS_ETH3)
291 print_eth(3); 291 print_eth(3);
292 #endif 292 #endif
293 293
294 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 294 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
295 #endif 295 #endif
296 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 296 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
297 297
298 return 0; 298 return 0;
299 } 299 }
300 300
301 #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) 301 #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN)
302 302
303 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 303 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
304 { 304 {
305 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 305 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
306 306
307 printf("U-Boot = %s\n", bd->bi_r_version); 307 printf("U-Boot = %s\n", bd->bi_r_version);
308 printf("CPU = %s\n", bd->bi_cpu); 308 printf("CPU = %s\n", bd->bi_cpu);
309 printf("Board = %s\n", bd->bi_board_name); 309 printf("Board = %s\n", bd->bi_board_name);
310 print_mhz("VCO", bd->bi_vco); 310 print_mhz("VCO", bd->bi_vco);
311 print_mhz("CCLK", bd->bi_cclk); 311 print_mhz("CCLK", bd->bi_cclk);
312 print_mhz("SCLK", bd->bi_sclk); 312 print_mhz("SCLK", bd->bi_sclk);
313 313
314 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 314 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
315 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart); 315 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart);
316 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_memsize); 316 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_memsize);
317 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 317 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
318 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 318 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
319 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 319 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
320 320
321 print_eth(0); 321 print_eth(0);
322 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 322 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
323 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 323 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
324 324
325 return 0; 325 return 0;
326 } 326 }
327 327
328 #elif defined(CONFIG_MIPS) 328 #elif defined(CONFIG_MIPS)
329 329
330 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 330 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
331 { 331 {
332 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 332 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
333 333
334 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 334 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
335 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart); 335 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart);
336 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_memsize); 336 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_memsize);
337 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 337 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
338 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 338 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
339 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 339 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
340 340
341 print_eth(0); 341 print_eth(0);
342 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 342 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
343 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 343 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
344 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr); 344 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr);
345 print_num("reloc off", gd->reloc_off); 345 print_num("reloc off", gd->reloc_off);
346 346
347 return 0; 347 return 0;
348 } 348 }
349 349
350 #elif defined(CONFIG_AVR32) 350 #elif defined(CONFIG_AVR32)
351 351
352 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 352 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
353 { 353 {
354 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 354 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
355 355
356 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 356 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
357 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_dram[0].start); 357 print_num("memstart", (ulong)bd->bi_dram[0].start);
358 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_dram[0].size); 358 print_lnum("memsize", (u64)bd->bi_dram[0].size);
359 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 359 print_num("flashstart", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
360 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 360 print_num("flashsize", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
361 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 361 print_num("flashoffset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
362 362
363 print_eth(0); 363 print_eth(0);
364 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 364 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
365 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 365 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
366 366
367 return 0; 367 return 0;
368 } 368 }
369 369
370 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARM) 370 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARM)
371 371
372 static int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, 372 static int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc,
373 char * const argv[]) 373 char * const argv[])
374 { 374 {
375 int i; 375 int i;
376 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 376 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
377 377
378 print_num("arch_number", bd->bi_arch_number); 378 print_num("arch_number", bd->bi_arch_number);
379 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 379 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
380 380
381 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) { 381 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) {
382 print_num("DRAM bank", i); 382 print_num("DRAM bank", i);
383 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start); 383 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start);
384 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size); 384 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size);
385 } 385 }
386 386
387 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 387 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
388 if (gd->secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_SECURED) { 388 if (gd->arch.secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_SECURED) {
389 print_num("Secure ram", 389 print_num("Secure ram",
390 gd->secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_ADDR_MASK); 390 gd->arch.secure_ram & MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_ADDR_MASK);
391 } 391 }
392 #endif 392 #endif
393 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) && !defined(CONFIG_DM_ETH) 393 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) && !defined(CONFIG_DM_ETH)
394 print_eths(); 394 print_eths();
395 #endif 395 #endif
396 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 396 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
397 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) 397 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF))
398 print_num("TLB addr", gd->arch.tlb_addr); 398 print_num("TLB addr", gd->arch.tlb_addr);
399 #endif 399 #endif
400 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr); 400 print_num("relocaddr", gd->relocaddr);
401 print_num("reloc off", gd->reloc_off); 401 print_num("reloc off", gd->reloc_off);
402 print_num("irq_sp", gd->irq_sp); /* irq stack pointer */ 402 print_num("irq_sp", gd->irq_sp); /* irq stack pointer */
403 print_num("sp start ", gd->start_addr_sp); 403 print_num("sp start ", gd->start_addr_sp);
404 #if defined(CONFIG_LCD) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) 404 #if defined(CONFIG_LCD) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO)
405 print_num("FB base ", gd->fb_base); 405 print_num("FB base ", gd->fb_base);
406 #endif 406 #endif
407 /* 407 /*
408 * TODO: Currently only support for davinci SOC's is added. 408 * TODO: Currently only support for davinci SOC's is added.
409 * Remove this check once all the board implement this. 409 * Remove this check once all the board implement this.
410 */ 410 */
411 #ifdef CONFIG_CLOCKS 411 #ifdef CONFIG_CLOCKS
412 printf("ARM frequency = %ld MHz\n", gd->bd->bi_arm_freq); 412 printf("ARM frequency = %ld MHz\n", gd->bd->bi_arm_freq);
413 printf("DSP frequency = %ld MHz\n", gd->bd->bi_dsp_freq); 413 printf("DSP frequency = %ld MHz\n", gd->bd->bi_dsp_freq);
414 printf("DDR frequency = %ld MHz\n", gd->bd->bi_ddr_freq); 414 printf("DDR frequency = %ld MHz\n", gd->bd->bi_ddr_freq);
415 #endif 415 #endif
416 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES 416 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES
417 printf("Board Type = %ld\n", gd->board_type); 417 printf("Board Type = %ld\n", gd->board_type);
418 #endif 418 #endif
419 return 0; 419 return 0;
420 } 420 }
421 421
422 #elif defined(CONFIG_SH) 422 #elif defined(CONFIG_SH)
423 423
424 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 424 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
425 { 425 {
426 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 426 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
427 print_num("mem start ", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart); 427 print_num("mem start ", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart);
428 print_lnum("mem size ", (u64)bd->bi_memsize); 428 print_lnum("mem size ", (u64)bd->bi_memsize);
429 print_num("flash start ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 429 print_num("flash start ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
430 print_num("flash size ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 430 print_num("flash size ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
431 print_num("flash offset ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 431 print_num("flash offset ", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
432 432
433 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 433 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
434 print_eth(0); 434 print_eth(0);
435 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 435 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
436 #endif 436 #endif
437 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 437 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
438 return 0; 438 return 0;
439 } 439 }
440 440
441 #elif defined(CONFIG_X86) 441 #elif defined(CONFIG_X86)
442 442
443 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 443 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
444 { 444 {
445 int i; 445 int i;
446 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 446 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
447 447
448 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 448 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
449 print_num("bi_memstart", bd->bi_memstart); 449 print_num("bi_memstart", bd->bi_memstart);
450 print_num("bi_memsize", bd->bi_memsize); 450 print_num("bi_memsize", bd->bi_memsize);
451 print_num("bi_flashstart", bd->bi_flashstart); 451 print_num("bi_flashstart", bd->bi_flashstart);
452 print_num("bi_flashsize", bd->bi_flashsize); 452 print_num("bi_flashsize", bd->bi_flashsize);
453 print_num("bi_flashoffset", bd->bi_flashoffset); 453 print_num("bi_flashoffset", bd->bi_flashoffset);
454 print_num("bi_sramstart", bd->bi_sramstart); 454 print_num("bi_sramstart", bd->bi_sramstart);
455 print_num("bi_sramsize", bd->bi_sramsize); 455 print_num("bi_sramsize", bd->bi_sramsize);
456 print_num("bi_bootflags", bd->bi_bootflags); 456 print_num("bi_bootflags", bd->bi_bootflags);
457 print_mhz("cpufreq", bd->bi_intfreq); 457 print_mhz("cpufreq", bd->bi_intfreq);
458 print_mhz("busfreq", bd->bi_busfreq); 458 print_mhz("busfreq", bd->bi_busfreq);
459 459
460 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) { 460 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) {
461 print_num("DRAM bank", i); 461 print_num("DRAM bank", i);
462 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start); 462 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start);
463 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size); 463 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size);
464 } 464 }
465 465
466 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 466 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
467 print_eth(0); 467 print_eth(0);
468 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 468 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
469 print_mhz("ethspeed", bd->bi_ethspeed); 469 print_mhz("ethspeed", bd->bi_ethspeed);
470 #endif 470 #endif
471 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 471 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
472 472
473 return 0; 473 return 0;
474 } 474 }
475 475
476 #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) 476 #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX)
477 477
478 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 478 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
479 { 479 {
480 int i; 480 int i;
481 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 481 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
482 482
483 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 483 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
484 484
485 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) { 485 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) {
486 print_num("DRAM bank", i); 486 print_num("DRAM bank", i);
487 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start); 487 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start);
488 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size); 488 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size);
489 } 489 }
490 490
491 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 491 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
492 print_eth(0); 492 print_eth(0);
493 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 493 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
494 #endif 494 #endif
495 #if defined(CONFIG_LCD) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) 495 #if defined(CONFIG_LCD) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO)
496 print_num("FB base ", gd->fb_base); 496 print_num("FB base ", gd->fb_base);
497 #endif 497 #endif
498 return 0; 498 return 0;
499 } 499 }
500 500
501 #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32) 501 #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32)
502 502
503 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 503 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
504 { 504 {
505 int i; 505 int i;
506 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 506 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
507 507
508 print_num("arch_number", bd->bi_arch_number); 508 print_num("arch_number", bd->bi_arch_number);
509 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params); 509 print_num("boot_params", (ulong)bd->bi_boot_params);
510 510
511 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) { 511 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; ++i) {
512 print_num("DRAM bank", i); 512 print_num("DRAM bank", i);
513 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start); 513 print_num("-> start", bd->bi_dram[i].start);
514 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size); 514 print_num("-> size", bd->bi_dram[i].size);
515 } 515 }
516 516
517 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 517 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
518 print_eth(0); 518 print_eth(0);
519 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 519 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
520 #endif 520 #endif
521 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 521 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
522 522
523 return 0; 523 return 0;
524 } 524 }
525 525
526 #elif defined(CONFIG_OPENRISC) 526 #elif defined(CONFIG_OPENRISC)
527 527
528 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 528 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
529 { 529 {
530 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 530 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
531 531
532 print_num("mem start", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart); 532 print_num("mem start", (ulong)bd->bi_memstart);
533 print_lnum("mem size", (u64)bd->bi_memsize); 533 print_lnum("mem size", (u64)bd->bi_memsize);
534 print_num("flash start", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart); 534 print_num("flash start", (ulong)bd->bi_flashstart);
535 print_num("flash size", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize); 535 print_num("flash size", (ulong)bd->bi_flashsize);
536 print_num("flash offset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset); 536 print_num("flash offset", (ulong)bd->bi_flashoffset);
537 537
538 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 538 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
539 print_eth(0); 539 print_eth(0);
540 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 540 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
541 #endif 541 #endif
542 542
543 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate); 543 printf("baudrate = %u bps\n", gd->baudrate);
544 544
545 return 0; 545 return 0;
546 } 546 }
547 547
548 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARC) 548 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARC)
549 549
550 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[]) 550 int do_bdinfo(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
551 { 551 {
552 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 552 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
553 553
554 print_num("mem start", bd->bi_memstart); 554 print_num("mem start", bd->bi_memstart);
555 print_lnum("mem size", bd->bi_memsize); 555 print_lnum("mem size", bd->bi_memsize);
556 556
557 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET) 557 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
558 print_eth(0); 558 print_eth(0);
559 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr")); 559 printf("ip_addr = %s\n", getenv("ipaddr"));
560 #endif 560 #endif
561 printf("baudrate = %d bps\n", gd->baudrate); 561 printf("baudrate = %d bps\n", gd->baudrate);
562 562
563 return 0; 563 return 0;
564 } 564 }
565 565
566 #else 566 #else
567 #error "a case for this architecture does not exist!" 567 #error "a case for this architecture does not exist!"
568 #endif 568 #endif
569 569
570 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */ 570 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
571 571
572 U_BOOT_CMD( 572 U_BOOT_CMD(
573 bdinfo, 1, 1, do_bdinfo, 573 bdinfo, 1, 1, do_bdinfo,
574 "print Board Info structure", 574 "print Board Info structure",
575 "" 575 ""
576 ); 576 );
577 577
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright (c) 2011 The Chromium OS Authors. 2 * Copyright (c) 2011 The Chromium OS Authors.
3 * (C) Copyright 2002-2006 3 * (C) Copyright 2002-2006
4 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 4 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
5 * 5 *
6 * (C) Copyright 2002 6 * (C) Copyright 2002
7 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> 7 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com>
8 * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> 8 * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de>
9 * 9 *
10 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 10 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
11 */ 11 */
12 12
13 #include <common.h> 13 #include <common.h>
14 #include <linux/compiler.h> 14 #include <linux/compiler.h>
15 #include <version.h> 15 #include <version.h>
16 #include <console.h> 16 #include <console.h>
17 #include <environment.h> 17 #include <environment.h>
18 #include <dm.h> 18 #include <dm.h>
19 #include <fdtdec.h> 19 #include <fdtdec.h>
20 #include <fs.h> 20 #include <fs.h>
21 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) 21 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_IDE)
22 #include <ide.h> 22 #include <ide.h>
23 #endif 23 #endif
24 #include <i2c.h> 24 #include <i2c.h>
25 #include <initcall.h> 25 #include <initcall.h>
26 #include <logbuff.h> 26 #include <logbuff.h>
27 #include <malloc.h> 27 #include <malloc.h>
28 #include <mapmem.h> 28 #include <mapmem.h>
29 29
30 /* TODO: Can we move these into arch/ headers? */ 30 /* TODO: Can we move these into arch/ headers? */
31 #ifdef CONFIG_8xx 31 #ifdef CONFIG_8xx
32 #include <mpc8xx.h> 32 #include <mpc8xx.h>
33 #endif 33 #endif
34 #ifdef CONFIG_5xx 34 #ifdef CONFIG_5xx
35 #include <mpc5xx.h> 35 #include <mpc5xx.h>
36 #endif 36 #endif
37 #ifdef CONFIG_MPC5xxx 37 #ifdef CONFIG_MPC5xxx
38 #include <mpc5xxx.h> 38 #include <mpc5xxx.h>
39 #endif 39 #endif
40 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) 40 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500))
41 #include <asm/mp.h> 41 #include <asm/mp.h>
42 #endif 42 #endif
43 43
44 #include <os.h> 44 #include <os.h>
45 #include <post.h> 45 #include <post.h>
46 #include <spi.h> 46 #include <spi.h>
47 #include <status_led.h> 47 #include <status_led.h>
48 #include <timer.h> 48 #include <timer.h>
49 #include <trace.h> 49 #include <trace.h>
50 #include <video.h> 50 #include <video.h>
51 #include <watchdog.h> 51 #include <watchdog.h>
52 #include <asm/errno.h> 52 #include <asm/errno.h>
53 #include <asm/io.h> 53 #include <asm/io.h>
54 #include <asm/sections.h> 54 #include <asm/sections.h>
55 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 55 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
56 #include <asm/init_helpers.h> 56 #include <asm/init_helpers.h>
57 #include <asm/relocate.h> 57 #include <asm/relocate.h>
58 #endif 58 #endif
59 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 59 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
60 #include <asm/state.h> 60 #include <asm/state.h>
61 #endif 61 #endif
62 #include <dm/root.h> 62 #include <dm/root.h>
63 #include <linux/compiler.h> 63 #include <linux/compiler.h>
64 64
65 /* 65 /*
66 * Pointer to initial global data area 66 * Pointer to initial global data area
67 * 67 *
68 * Here we initialize it if needed. 68 * Here we initialize it if needed.
69 */ 69 */
70 #ifdef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR 70 #ifdef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
71 #undef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR 71 #undef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
72 #define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR /* empty = allocate here */ 72 #define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR /* empty = allocate here */
73 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR = (gd_t *) (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_GD_ADDR); 73 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR = (gd_t *) (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_GD_ADDR);
74 #else 74 #else
75 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 75 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
76 #endif 76 #endif
77 77
78 /* 78 /*
79 * TODO(sjg@chromium.org): IMO this code should be 79 * TODO(sjg@chromium.org): IMO this code should be
80 * refactored to a single function, something like: 80 * refactored to a single function, something like:
81 * 81 *
82 * void led_set_state(enum led_colour_t colour, int on); 82 * void led_set_state(enum led_colour_t colour, int on);
83 */ 83 */
84 /************************************************************************ 84 /************************************************************************
85 * Coloured LED functionality 85 * Coloured LED functionality
86 ************************************************************************ 86 ************************************************************************
87 * May be supplied by boards if desired 87 * May be supplied by boards if desired
88 */ 88 */
89 __weak void coloured_LED_init(void) {} 89 __weak void coloured_LED_init(void) {}
90 __weak void red_led_on(void) {} 90 __weak void red_led_on(void) {}
91 __weak void red_led_off(void) {} 91 __weak void red_led_off(void) {}
92 __weak void green_led_on(void) {} 92 __weak void green_led_on(void) {}
93 __weak void green_led_off(void) {} 93 __weak void green_led_off(void) {}
94 __weak void yellow_led_on(void) {} 94 __weak void yellow_led_on(void) {}
95 __weak void yellow_led_off(void) {} 95 __weak void yellow_led_off(void) {}
96 __weak void blue_led_on(void) {} 96 __weak void blue_led_on(void) {}
97 __weak void blue_led_off(void) {} 97 __weak void blue_led_off(void) {}
98 98
99 /* 99 /*
100 * Why is gd allocated a register? Prior to reloc it might be better to 100 * Why is gd allocated a register? Prior to reloc it might be better to
101 * just pass it around to each function in this file? 101 * just pass it around to each function in this file?
102 * 102 *
103 * After reloc one could argue that it is hardly used and doesn't need 103 * After reloc one could argue that it is hardly used and doesn't need
104 * to be in a register. Or if it is it should perhaps hold pointers to all 104 * to be in a register. Or if it is it should perhaps hold pointers to all
105 * global data for all modules, so that post-reloc we can avoid the massive 105 * global data for all modules, so that post-reloc we can avoid the massive
106 * literal pool we get on ARM. Or perhaps just encourage each module to use 106 * literal pool we get on ARM. Or perhaps just encourage each module to use
107 * a structure... 107 * a structure...
108 */ 108 */
109 109
110 /* 110 /*
111 * Could the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD infection become a flag in gd? 111 * Could the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD infection become a flag in gd?
112 */ 112 */
113 113
114 #if defined(CONFIG_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) 114 #if defined(CONFIG_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG)
115 static int init_func_watchdog_init(void) 115 static int init_func_watchdog_init(void)
116 { 116 {
117 # if defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) && (defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || \ 117 # if defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) && (defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || \
118 defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || \ 118 defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || \
119 defined(CONFIG_SH) || defined(CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG) || \ 119 defined(CONFIG_SH) || defined(CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG) || \
120 defined(CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG)) 120 defined(CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG))
121 hw_watchdog_init(); 121 hw_watchdog_init();
122 # endif 122 # endif
123 puts(" Watchdog enabled\n"); 123 puts(" Watchdog enabled\n");
124 WATCHDOG_RESET(); 124 WATCHDOG_RESET();
125 125
126 return 0; 126 return 0;
127 } 127 }
128 128
129 int init_func_watchdog_reset(void) 129 int init_func_watchdog_reset(void)
130 { 130 {
131 WATCHDOG_RESET(); 131 WATCHDOG_RESET();
132 132
133 return 0; 133 return 0;
134 } 134 }
135 #endif /* CONFIG_WATCHDOG */ 135 #endif /* CONFIG_WATCHDOG */
136 136
137 __weak void board_add_ram_info(int use_default) 137 __weak void board_add_ram_info(int use_default)
138 { 138 {
139 /* please define platform specific board_add_ram_info() */ 139 /* please define platform specific board_add_ram_info() */
140 } 140 }
141 141
142 static int init_baud_rate(void) 142 static int init_baud_rate(void)
143 { 143 {
144 gd->baudrate = getenv_ulong("baudrate", 10, CONFIG_BAUDRATE); 144 gd->baudrate = getenv_ulong("baudrate", 10, CONFIG_BAUDRATE);
145 return 0; 145 return 0;
146 } 146 }
147 147
148 static int display_text_info(void) 148 static int display_text_info(void)
149 { 149 {
150 #if !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) 150 #if !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
151 ulong bss_start, bss_end, text_base; 151 ulong bss_start, bss_end, text_base;
152 152
153 bss_start = (ulong)&__bss_start; 153 bss_start = (ulong)&__bss_start;
154 bss_end = (ulong)&__bss_end; 154 bss_end = (ulong)&__bss_end;
155 155
156 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE 156 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
157 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; 157 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE;
158 #else 158 #else
159 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; 159 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE;
160 #endif 160 #endif
161 161
162 debug("U-Boot code: %08lX -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n", 162 debug("U-Boot code: %08lX -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n",
163 text_base, bss_start, bss_end); 163 text_base, bss_start, bss_end);
164 #endif 164 #endif
165 165
166 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ 166 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ
167 debug("IRQ Stack: %08lx\n", IRQ_STACK_START); 167 debug("IRQ Stack: %08lx\n", IRQ_STACK_START);
168 debug("FIQ Stack: %08lx\n", FIQ_STACK_START); 168 debug("FIQ Stack: %08lx\n", FIQ_STACK_START);
169 #endif 169 #endif
170 170
171 return 0; 171 return 0;
172 } 172 }
173 173
174 static int announce_dram_init(void) 174 static int announce_dram_init(void)
175 { 175 {
176 puts("DRAM: "); 176 puts("DRAM: ");
177 return 0; 177 return 0;
178 } 178 }
179 179
180 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 180 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
181 static int init_func_ram(void) 181 static int init_func_ram(void)
182 { 182 {
183 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES 183 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES
184 int board_type = gd->board_type; 184 int board_type = gd->board_type;
185 #else 185 #else
186 int board_type = 0; /* use dummy arg */ 186 int board_type = 0; /* use dummy arg */
187 #endif 187 #endif
188 188
189 gd->ram_size = initdram(board_type); 189 gd->ram_size = initdram(board_type);
190 190
191 if (gd->ram_size > 0) 191 if (gd->ram_size > 0)
192 return 0; 192 return 0;
193 193
194 puts("*** failed ***\n"); 194 puts("*** failed ***\n");
195 return 1; 195 return 1;
196 } 196 }
197 #endif 197 #endif
198 198
199 static int show_dram_config(void) 199 static int show_dram_config(void)
200 { 200 {
201 unsigned long long size; 201 unsigned long long size;
202 202
203 #ifdef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS 203 #ifdef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS
204 int i; 204 int i;
205 205
206 debug("\nRAM Configuration:\n"); 206 debug("\nRAM Configuration:\n");
207 for (i = size = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; i++) { 207 for (i = size = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; i++) {
208 size += gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size; 208 size += gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size;
209 debug("Bank #%d: %llx ", i, 209 debug("Bank #%d: %llx ", i,
210 (unsigned long long)(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].start)); 210 (unsigned long long)(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].start));
211 #ifdef DEBUG 211 #ifdef DEBUG
212 print_size(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size, "\n"); 212 print_size(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size, "\n");
213 #endif 213 #endif
214 } 214 }
215 debug("\nDRAM: "); 215 debug("\nDRAM: ");
216 #else 216 #else
217 size = gd->ram_size; 217 size = gd->ram_size;
218 #endif 218 #endif
219 219
220 print_size(size, ""); 220 print_size(size, "");
221 board_add_ram_info(0); 221 board_add_ram_info(0);
222 putc('\n'); 222 putc('\n');
223 223
224 return 0; 224 return 0;
225 } 225 }
226 226
227 __weak void dram_init_banksize(void) 227 __weak void dram_init_banksize(void)
228 { 228 {
229 #if defined(CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) 229 #if defined(CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE)
230 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 230 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
231 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = get_effective_memsize(); 231 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = get_effective_memsize();
232 #endif 232 #endif
233 } 233 }
234 234
235 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) 235 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)
236 static int init_func_i2c(void) 236 static int init_func_i2c(void)
237 { 237 {
238 puts("I2C: "); 238 puts("I2C: ");
239 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C 239 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C
240 i2c_init_all(); 240 i2c_init_all();
241 #else 241 #else
242 i2c_init(CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE); 242 i2c_init(CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE);
243 #endif 243 #endif
244 puts("ready\n"); 244 puts("ready\n");
245 return 0; 245 return 0;
246 } 246 }
247 #endif 247 #endif
248 248
249 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) 249 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI)
250 static int init_func_spi(void) 250 static int init_func_spi(void)
251 { 251 {
252 puts("SPI: "); 252 puts("SPI: ");
253 spi_init(); 253 spi_init();
254 puts("ready\n"); 254 puts("ready\n");
255 return 0; 255 return 0;
256 } 256 }
257 #endif 257 #endif
258 258
259 __maybe_unused 259 __maybe_unused
260 static int zero_global_data(void) 260 static int zero_global_data(void)
261 { 261 {
262 memset((void *)gd, '\0', sizeof(gd_t)); 262 memset((void *)gd, '\0', sizeof(gd_t));
263 263
264 return 0; 264 return 0;
265 } 265 }
266 266
267 static int setup_mon_len(void) 267 static int setup_mon_len(void)
268 { 268 {
269 #if defined(__ARM__) || defined(__MICROBLAZE__) 269 #if defined(__ARM__) || defined(__MICROBLAZE__)
270 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)_start; 270 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)_start;
271 #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) 271 #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
272 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init; 272 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init;
273 #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NIOS2) 273 #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NIOS2)
274 gd->mon_len = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN; 274 gd->mon_len = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN;
275 #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32) 275 #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32)
276 gd->mon_len = (ulong)(&__bss_end) - (ulong)(&_start); 276 gd->mon_len = (ulong)(&__bss_end) - (ulong)(&_start);
277 #elif defined(CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE) 277 #elif defined(CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE)
278 /* TODO: use (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)&__text_start; ? */ 278 /* TODO: use (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)&__text_start; ? */
279 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; 279 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE;
280 #endif 280 #endif
281 return 0; 281 return 0;
282 } 282 }
283 283
284 __weak int arch_cpu_init(void) 284 __weak int arch_cpu_init(void)
285 { 285 {
286 return 0; 286 return 0;
287 } 287 }
288 288
289 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 289 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
290 static int setup_ram_buf(void) 290 static int setup_ram_buf(void)
291 { 291 {
292 struct sandbox_state *state = state_get_current(); 292 struct sandbox_state *state = state_get_current();
293 293
294 gd->arch.ram_buf = state->ram_buf; 294 gd->arch.ram_buf = state->ram_buf;
295 gd->ram_size = state->ram_size; 295 gd->ram_size = state->ram_size;
296 296
297 return 0; 297 return 0;
298 } 298 }
299 #endif 299 #endif
300 300
301 /* Get the top of usable RAM */ 301 /* Get the top of usable RAM */
302 __weak ulong board_get_usable_ram_top(ulong total_size) 302 __weak ulong board_get_usable_ram_top(ulong total_size)
303 { 303 {
304 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE 304 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
305 /* 305 /*
306 * Detect whether we have so much RAM that it goes past the end of our 306 * Detect whether we have so much RAM that it goes past the end of our
307 * 32-bit address space. If so, clip the usable RAM so it doesn't. 307 * 32-bit address space. If so, clip the usable RAM so it doesn't.
308 */ 308 */
309 if (gd->ram_top < CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) 309 if (gd->ram_top < CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE)
310 /* 310 /*
311 * Will wrap back to top of 32-bit space when reservations 311 * Will wrap back to top of 32-bit space when reservations
312 * are made. 312 * are made.
313 */ 313 */
314 return 0; 314 return 0;
315 #endif 315 #endif
316 return gd->ram_top; 316 return gd->ram_top;
317 } 317 }
318 318
319 __weak phys_size_t board_reserve_ram_top(phys_size_t ram_size) 319 __weak phys_size_t board_reserve_ram_top(phys_size_t ram_size)
320 { 320 {
321 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE 321 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE
322 return ram_size - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE; 322 return ram_size - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE;
323 #else 323 #else
324 return ram_size; 324 return ram_size;
325 #endif 325 #endif
326 } 326 }
327 327
328 static int setup_dest_addr(void) 328 static int setup_dest_addr(void)
329 { 329 {
330 debug("Monitor len: %08lX\n", gd->mon_len); 330 debug("Monitor len: %08lX\n", gd->mon_len);
331 /* 331 /*
332 * Ram is setup, size stored in gd !! 332 * Ram is setup, size stored in gd !!
333 */ 333 */
334 debug("Ram size: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_size); 334 debug("Ram size: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_size);
335 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 335 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
336 /* Reserve memory for secure MMU tables, and/or security monitor */ 336 /* Reserve memory for secure MMU tables, and/or security monitor */
337 gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE; 337 gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE;
338 /* 338 /*
339 * Record secure memory location. Need recalcuate if memory splits 339 * Record secure memory location. Need recalcuate if memory splits
340 * into banks, or the ram base is not zero. 340 * into banks, or the ram base is not zero.
341 */ 341 */
342 gd->secure_ram = gd->ram_size; 342 gd->arch.secure_ram = gd->ram_size;
343 #endif 343 #endif
344 /* 344 /*
345 * Subtract specified amount of memory to hide so that it won't 345 * Subtract specified amount of memory to hide so that it won't
346 * get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By fixing up gd->ram_size 346 * get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By fixing up gd->ram_size
347 * the Linux kernel should now get passed the now "corrected" 347 * the Linux kernel should now get passed the now "corrected"
348 * memory size and won't touch it either. This has been used 348 * memory size and won't touch it either. This has been used
349 * by arch/powerpc exclusively. Now ARMv8 takes advantage of 349 * by arch/powerpc exclusively. Now ARMv8 takes advantage of
350 * thie mechanism. If memory is split into banks, addresses 350 * thie mechanism. If memory is split into banks, addresses
351 * need to be calculated. 351 * need to be calculated.
352 */ 352 */
353 gd->ram_size = board_reserve_ram_top(gd->ram_size); 353 gd->ram_size = board_reserve_ram_top(gd->ram_size);
354 354
355 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE 355 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
356 gd->ram_top = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 356 gd->ram_top = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
357 #endif 357 #endif
358 gd->ram_top += get_effective_memsize(); 358 gd->ram_top += get_effective_memsize();
359 gd->ram_top = board_get_usable_ram_top(gd->mon_len); 359 gd->ram_top = board_get_usable_ram_top(gd->mon_len);
360 gd->relocaddr = gd->ram_top; 360 gd->relocaddr = gd->ram_top;
361 debug("Ram top: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_top); 361 debug("Ram top: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_top);
362 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) 362 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500))
363 /* 363 /*
364 * We need to make sure the location we intend to put secondary core 364 * We need to make sure the location we intend to put secondary core
365 * boot code is reserved and not used by any part of u-boot 365 * boot code is reserved and not used by any part of u-boot
366 */ 366 */
367 if (gd->relocaddr > determine_mp_bootpg(NULL)) { 367 if (gd->relocaddr > determine_mp_bootpg(NULL)) {
368 gd->relocaddr = determine_mp_bootpg(NULL); 368 gd->relocaddr = determine_mp_bootpg(NULL);
369 debug("Reserving MP boot page to %08lx\n", gd->relocaddr); 369 debug("Reserving MP boot page to %08lx\n", gd->relocaddr);
370 } 370 }
371 #endif 371 #endif
372 return 0; 372 return 0;
373 } 373 }
374 374
375 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 375 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
376 static int reserve_prom(void) 376 static int reserve_prom(void)
377 { 377 {
378 /* defined in arch/sparc/cpu/leon?/prom.c */ 378 /* defined in arch/sparc/cpu/leon?/prom.c */
379 extern void *__prom_start_reloc; 379 extern void *__prom_start_reloc;
380 int size = 8192; /* page table = 2k, prom = 6k */ 380 int size = 8192; /* page table = 2k, prom = 6k */
381 gd->relocaddr -= size; 381 gd->relocaddr -= size;
382 __prom_start_reloc = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr + 2048, size - 2048); 382 __prom_start_reloc = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr + 2048, size - 2048);
383 debug("Reserving %dk for PROM and page table at %08lx\n", size, 383 debug("Reserving %dk for PROM and page table at %08lx\n", size,
384 gd->relocaddr); 384 gd->relocaddr);
385 return 0; 385 return 0;
386 } 386 }
387 #endif 387 #endif
388 388
389 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) 389 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR)
390 static int reserve_logbuffer(void) 390 static int reserve_logbuffer(void)
391 { 391 {
392 /* reserve kernel log buffer */ 392 /* reserve kernel log buffer */
393 gd->relocaddr -= LOGBUFF_RESERVE; 393 gd->relocaddr -= LOGBUFF_RESERVE;
394 debug("Reserving %dk for kernel logbuffer at %08lx\n", LOGBUFF_LEN, 394 debug("Reserving %dk for kernel logbuffer at %08lx\n", LOGBUFF_LEN,
395 gd->relocaddr); 395 gd->relocaddr);
396 return 0; 396 return 0;
397 } 397 }
398 #endif 398 #endif
399 399
400 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM 400 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM
401 /* reserve protected RAM */ 401 /* reserve protected RAM */
402 static int reserve_pram(void) 402 static int reserve_pram(void)
403 { 403 {
404 ulong reg; 404 ulong reg;
405 405
406 reg = getenv_ulong("pram", 10, CONFIG_PRAM); 406 reg = getenv_ulong("pram", 10, CONFIG_PRAM);
407 gd->relocaddr -= (reg << 10); /* size is in kB */ 407 gd->relocaddr -= (reg << 10); /* size is in kB */
408 debug("Reserving %ldk for protected RAM at %08lx\n", reg, 408 debug("Reserving %ldk for protected RAM at %08lx\n", reg,
409 gd->relocaddr); 409 gd->relocaddr);
410 return 0; 410 return 0;
411 } 411 }
412 #endif /* CONFIG_PRAM */ 412 #endif /* CONFIG_PRAM */
413 413
414 /* Round memory pointer down to next 4 kB limit */ 414 /* Round memory pointer down to next 4 kB limit */
415 static int reserve_round_4k(void) 415 static int reserve_round_4k(void)
416 { 416 {
417 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); 417 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1);
418 return 0; 418 return 0;
419 } 419 }
420 420
421 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ 421 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \
422 defined(CONFIG_ARM) 422 defined(CONFIG_ARM)
423 static int reserve_mmu(void) 423 static int reserve_mmu(void)
424 { 424 {
425 /* reserve TLB table */ 425 /* reserve TLB table */
426 gd->arch.tlb_size = PGTABLE_SIZE; 426 gd->arch.tlb_size = PGTABLE_SIZE;
427 gd->relocaddr -= gd->arch.tlb_size; 427 gd->relocaddr -= gd->arch.tlb_size;
428 428
429 /* round down to next 64 kB limit */ 429 /* round down to next 64 kB limit */
430 gd->relocaddr &= ~(0x10000 - 1); 430 gd->relocaddr &= ~(0x10000 - 1);
431 431
432 gd->arch.tlb_addr = gd->relocaddr; 432 gd->arch.tlb_addr = gd->relocaddr;
433 debug("TLB table from %08lx to %08lx\n", gd->arch.tlb_addr, 433 debug("TLB table from %08lx to %08lx\n", gd->arch.tlb_addr,
434 gd->arch.tlb_addr + gd->arch.tlb_size); 434 gd->arch.tlb_addr + gd->arch.tlb_size);
435 return 0; 435 return 0;
436 } 436 }
437 #endif 437 #endif
438 438
439 #ifdef CONFIG_DM_VIDEO 439 #ifdef CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
440 static int reserve_video(void) 440 static int reserve_video(void)
441 { 441 {
442 ulong addr; 442 ulong addr;
443 int ret; 443 int ret;
444 444
445 addr = gd->relocaddr; 445 addr = gd->relocaddr;
446 ret = video_reserve(&addr); 446 ret = video_reserve(&addr);
447 if (ret) 447 if (ret)
448 return ret; 448 return ret;
449 gd->relocaddr = addr; 449 gd->relocaddr = addr;
450 450
451 return 0; 451 return 0;
452 } 452 }
453 #else 453 #else
454 454
455 # ifdef CONFIG_LCD 455 # ifdef CONFIG_LCD
456 static int reserve_lcd(void) 456 static int reserve_lcd(void)
457 { 457 {
458 # ifdef CONFIG_FB_ADDR 458 # ifdef CONFIG_FB_ADDR
459 gd->fb_base = CONFIG_FB_ADDR; 459 gd->fb_base = CONFIG_FB_ADDR;
460 # else 460 # else
461 /* reserve memory for LCD display (always full pages) */ 461 /* reserve memory for LCD display (always full pages) */
462 gd->relocaddr = lcd_setmem(gd->relocaddr); 462 gd->relocaddr = lcd_setmem(gd->relocaddr);
463 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; 463 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr;
464 # endif /* CONFIG_FB_ADDR */ 464 # endif /* CONFIG_FB_ADDR */
465 465
466 return 0; 466 return 0;
467 } 467 }
468 # endif /* CONFIG_LCD */ 468 # endif /* CONFIG_LCD */
469 469
470 # if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ 470 # if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \
471 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ 471 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \
472 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) 472 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K)
473 static int reserve_legacy_video(void) 473 static int reserve_legacy_video(void)
474 { 474 {
475 /* reserve memory for video display (always full pages) */ 475 /* reserve memory for video display (always full pages) */
476 gd->relocaddr = video_setmem(gd->relocaddr); 476 gd->relocaddr = video_setmem(gd->relocaddr);
477 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; 477 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr;
478 478
479 return 0; 479 return 0;
480 } 480 }
481 # endif 481 # endif
482 #endif /* !CONFIG_DM_VIDEO */ 482 #endif /* !CONFIG_DM_VIDEO */
483 483
484 static int reserve_trace(void) 484 static int reserve_trace(void)
485 { 485 {
486 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE 486 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE
487 gd->relocaddr -= CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE; 487 gd->relocaddr -= CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE;
488 gd->trace_buff = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr, CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE); 488 gd->trace_buff = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr, CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE);
489 debug("Reserving %dk for trace data at: %08lx\n", 489 debug("Reserving %dk for trace data at: %08lx\n",
490 CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE >> 10, gd->relocaddr); 490 CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE >> 10, gd->relocaddr);
491 #endif 491 #endif
492 492
493 return 0; 493 return 0;
494 } 494 }
495 495
496 static int reserve_uboot(void) 496 static int reserve_uboot(void)
497 { 497 {
498 /* 498 /*
499 * reserve memory for U-Boot code, data & bss 499 * reserve memory for U-Boot code, data & bss
500 * round down to next 4 kB limit 500 * round down to next 4 kB limit
501 */ 501 */
502 gd->relocaddr -= gd->mon_len; 502 gd->relocaddr -= gd->mon_len;
503 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); 503 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1);
504 #ifdef CONFIG_E500 504 #ifdef CONFIG_E500
505 /* round down to next 64 kB limit so that IVPR stays aligned */ 505 /* round down to next 64 kB limit so that IVPR stays aligned */
506 gd->relocaddr &= ~(65536 - 1); 506 gd->relocaddr &= ~(65536 - 1);
507 #endif 507 #endif
508 508
509 debug("Reserving %ldk for U-Boot at: %08lx\n", gd->mon_len >> 10, 509 debug("Reserving %ldk for U-Boot at: %08lx\n", gd->mon_len >> 10,
510 gd->relocaddr); 510 gd->relocaddr);
511 511
512 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->relocaddr; 512 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->relocaddr;
513 513
514 return 0; 514 return 0;
515 } 515 }
516 516
517 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 517 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
518 /* reserve memory for malloc() area */ 518 /* reserve memory for malloc() area */
519 static int reserve_malloc(void) 519 static int reserve_malloc(void)
520 { 520 {
521 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->start_addr_sp - TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN; 521 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->start_addr_sp - TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN;
522 debug("Reserving %dk for malloc() at: %08lx\n", 522 debug("Reserving %dk for malloc() at: %08lx\n",
523 TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN >> 10, gd->start_addr_sp); 523 TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN >> 10, gd->start_addr_sp);
524 return 0; 524 return 0;
525 } 525 }
526 526
527 /* (permanently) allocate a Board Info struct */ 527 /* (permanently) allocate a Board Info struct */
528 static int reserve_board(void) 528 static int reserve_board(void)
529 { 529 {
530 if (!gd->bd) { 530 if (!gd->bd) {
531 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(bd_t); 531 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(bd_t);
532 gd->bd = (bd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(bd_t)); 532 gd->bd = (bd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(bd_t));
533 memset(gd->bd, '\0', sizeof(bd_t)); 533 memset(gd->bd, '\0', sizeof(bd_t));
534 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Board Info at: %08lx\n", 534 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Board Info at: %08lx\n",
535 sizeof(bd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); 535 sizeof(bd_t), gd->start_addr_sp);
536 } 536 }
537 return 0; 537 return 0;
538 } 538 }
539 #endif 539 #endif
540 540
541 static int setup_machine(void) 541 static int setup_machine(void)
542 { 542 {
543 #ifdef CONFIG_MACH_TYPE 543 #ifdef CONFIG_MACH_TYPE
544 gd->bd->bi_arch_number = CONFIG_MACH_TYPE; /* board id for Linux */ 544 gd->bd->bi_arch_number = CONFIG_MACH_TYPE; /* board id for Linux */
545 #endif 545 #endif
546 return 0; 546 return 0;
547 } 547 }
548 548
549 static int reserve_global_data(void) 549 static int reserve_global_data(void)
550 { 550 {
551 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(gd_t); 551 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(gd_t);
552 gd->new_gd = (gd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(gd_t)); 552 gd->new_gd = (gd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(gd_t));
553 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Global Data at: %08lx\n", 553 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Global Data at: %08lx\n",
554 sizeof(gd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); 554 sizeof(gd_t), gd->start_addr_sp);
555 return 0; 555 return 0;
556 } 556 }
557 557
558 static int reserve_fdt(void) 558 static int reserve_fdt(void)
559 { 559 {
560 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED 560 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED
561 /* 561 /*
562 * If the device tree is sitting immediately above our image then we 562 * If the device tree is sitting immediately above our image then we
563 * must relocate it. If it is embedded in the data section, then it 563 * must relocate it. If it is embedded in the data section, then it
564 * will be relocated with other data. 564 * will be relocated with other data.
565 */ 565 */
566 if (gd->fdt_blob) { 566 if (gd->fdt_blob) {
567 gd->fdt_size = ALIGN(fdt_totalsize(gd->fdt_blob) + 0x1000, 32); 567 gd->fdt_size = ALIGN(fdt_totalsize(gd->fdt_blob) + 0x1000, 32);
568 568
569 gd->start_addr_sp -= gd->fdt_size; 569 gd->start_addr_sp -= gd->fdt_size;
570 gd->new_fdt = map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->fdt_size); 570 gd->new_fdt = map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->fdt_size);
571 debug("Reserving %lu Bytes for FDT at: %08lx\n", 571 debug("Reserving %lu Bytes for FDT at: %08lx\n",
572 gd->fdt_size, gd->start_addr_sp); 572 gd->fdt_size, gd->start_addr_sp);
573 } 573 }
574 #endif 574 #endif
575 575
576 return 0; 576 return 0;
577 } 577 }
578 578
579 int arch_reserve_stacks(void) 579 int arch_reserve_stacks(void)
580 { 580 {
581 return 0; 581 return 0;
582 } 582 }
583 583
584 static int reserve_stacks(void) 584 static int reserve_stacks(void)
585 { 585 {
586 /* make stack pointer 16-byte aligned */ 586 /* make stack pointer 16-byte aligned */
587 gd->start_addr_sp -= 16; 587 gd->start_addr_sp -= 16;
588 gd->start_addr_sp &= ~0xf; 588 gd->start_addr_sp &= ~0xf;
589 589
590 /* 590 /*
591 * let the architecture-specific code tailor gd->start_addr_sp and 591 * let the architecture-specific code tailor gd->start_addr_sp and
592 * gd->irq_sp 592 * gd->irq_sp
593 */ 593 */
594 return arch_reserve_stacks(); 594 return arch_reserve_stacks();
595 } 595 }
596 596
597 static int display_new_sp(void) 597 static int display_new_sp(void)
598 { 598 {
599 debug("New Stack Pointer is: %08lx\n", gd->start_addr_sp); 599 debug("New Stack Pointer is: %08lx\n", gd->start_addr_sp);
600 600
601 return 0; 601 return 0;
602 } 602 }
603 603
604 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) 604 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS)
605 static int setup_board_part1(void) 605 static int setup_board_part1(void)
606 { 606 {
607 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 607 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
608 608
609 /* 609 /*
610 * Save local variables to board info struct 610 * Save local variables to board info struct
611 */ 611 */
612 bd->bi_memstart = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; /* start of memory */ 612 bd->bi_memstart = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; /* start of memory */
613 bd->bi_memsize = gd->ram_size; /* size in bytes */ 613 bd->bi_memsize = gd->ram_size; /* size in bytes */
614 614
615 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE 615 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE
616 bd->bi_sramstart = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE; /* start of SRAM */ 616 bd->bi_sramstart = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE; /* start of SRAM */
617 bd->bi_sramsize = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_SIZE; /* size of SRAM */ 617 bd->bi_sramsize = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_SIZE; /* size of SRAM */
618 #endif 618 #endif
619 619
620 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_5xx) || \ 620 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_5xx) || \
621 defined(CONFIG_E500) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) 621 defined(CONFIG_E500) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx)
622 bd->bi_immr_base = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; /* base of IMMR register */ 622 bd->bi_immr_base = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; /* base of IMMR register */
623 #endif 623 #endif
624 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 624 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
625 bd->bi_mbar_base = CONFIG_SYS_MBAR; /* base of internal registers */ 625 bd->bi_mbar_base = CONFIG_SYS_MBAR; /* base of internal registers */
626 #endif 626 #endif
627 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) 627 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx)
628 bd->bi_immrbar = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; 628 bd->bi_immrbar = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR;
629 #endif 629 #endif
630 630
631 return 0; 631 return 0;
632 } 632 }
633 #endif 633 #endif
634 634
635 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 635 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
636 static int setup_board_part2(void) 636 static int setup_board_part2(void)
637 { 637 {
638 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 638 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
639 639
640 bd->bi_intfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Internal Freq, in Hz */ 640 bd->bi_intfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Internal Freq, in Hz */
641 bd->bi_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; /* Bus Freq, in Hz */ 641 bd->bi_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; /* Bus Freq, in Hz */
642 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 642 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
643 bd->bi_cpmfreq = gd->arch.cpm_clk; 643 bd->bi_cpmfreq = gd->arch.cpm_clk;
644 bd->bi_brgfreq = gd->arch.brg_clk; 644 bd->bi_brgfreq = gd->arch.brg_clk;
645 bd->bi_sccfreq = gd->arch.scc_clk; 645 bd->bi_sccfreq = gd->arch.scc_clk;
646 bd->bi_vco = gd->arch.vco_out; 646 bd->bi_vco = gd->arch.vco_out;
647 #endif /* CONFIG_CPM2 */ 647 #endif /* CONFIG_CPM2 */
648 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC512X) 648 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC512X)
649 bd->bi_ipsfreq = gd->arch.ips_clk; 649 bd->bi_ipsfreq = gd->arch.ips_clk;
650 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC512X */ 650 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC512X */
651 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) 651 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx)
652 bd->bi_ipbfreq = gd->arch.ipb_clk; 652 bd->bi_ipbfreq = gd->arch.ipb_clk;
653 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; 653 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk;
654 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ 654 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */
655 #if defined(CONFIG_M68K) && defined(CONFIG_PCI) 655 #if defined(CONFIG_M68K) && defined(CONFIG_PCI)
656 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; 656 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk;
657 #endif 657 #endif
658 #if defined(CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK) 658 #if defined(CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK)
659 bd->bi_inpfreq = gd->arch.inp_clk; /* input Freq in Hz */ 659 bd->bi_inpfreq = gd->arch.inp_clk; /* input Freq in Hz */
660 bd->bi_vcofreq = gd->arch.vco_clk; /* vco Freq in Hz */ 660 bd->bi_vcofreq = gd->arch.vco_clk; /* vco Freq in Hz */
661 bd->bi_flbfreq = gd->arch.flb_clk; /* flexbus Freq in Hz */ 661 bd->bi_flbfreq = gd->arch.flb_clk; /* flexbus Freq in Hz */
662 #endif 662 #endif
663 663
664 return 0; 664 return 0;
665 } 665 }
666 #endif 666 #endif
667 667
668 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO 668 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO
669 static int setup_board_extra(void) 669 static int setup_board_extra(void)
670 { 670 {
671 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 671 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
672 672
673 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_s_version, "1.2", sizeof(bd->bi_s_version)); 673 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_s_version, "1.2", sizeof(bd->bi_s_version));
674 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_r_version, U_BOOT_VERSION, 674 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_r_version, U_BOOT_VERSION,
675 sizeof(bd->bi_r_version)); 675 sizeof(bd->bi_r_version));
676 676
677 bd->bi_procfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Processor Speed, In Hz */ 677 bd->bi_procfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Processor Speed, In Hz */
678 bd->bi_plb_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; 678 bd->bi_plb_busfreq = gd->bus_clk;
679 #if defined(CONFIG_405GP) || defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \ 679 #if defined(CONFIG_405GP) || defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \
680 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440GR) || \ 680 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440GR) || \
681 defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) 681 defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX)
682 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); 682 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq();
683 bd->bi_opbfreq = get_OPB_freq(); 683 bd->bi_opbfreq = get_OPB_freq();
684 #elif defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405) 684 #elif defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405)
685 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); 685 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq();
686 #endif 686 #endif
687 687
688 return 0; 688 return 0;
689 } 689 }
690 #endif 690 #endif
691 691
692 #ifdef CONFIG_POST 692 #ifdef CONFIG_POST
693 static int init_post(void) 693 static int init_post(void)
694 { 694 {
695 post_bootmode_init(); 695 post_bootmode_init();
696 post_run(NULL, POST_ROM | post_bootmode_get(0)); 696 post_run(NULL, POST_ROM | post_bootmode_get(0));
697 697
698 return 0; 698 return 0;
699 } 699 }
700 #endif 700 #endif
701 701
702 static int setup_dram_config(void) 702 static int setup_dram_config(void)
703 { 703 {
704 /* Ram is board specific, so move it to board code ... */ 704 /* Ram is board specific, so move it to board code ... */
705 dram_init_banksize(); 705 dram_init_banksize();
706 706
707 return 0; 707 return 0;
708 } 708 }
709 709
710 static int reloc_fdt(void) 710 static int reloc_fdt(void)
711 { 711 {
712 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED 712 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED
713 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) 713 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC)
714 return 0; 714 return 0;
715 if (gd->new_fdt) { 715 if (gd->new_fdt) {
716 memcpy(gd->new_fdt, gd->fdt_blob, gd->fdt_size); 716 memcpy(gd->new_fdt, gd->fdt_blob, gd->fdt_size);
717 gd->fdt_blob = gd->new_fdt; 717 gd->fdt_blob = gd->new_fdt;
718 } 718 }
719 #endif 719 #endif
720 720
721 return 0; 721 return 0;
722 } 722 }
723 723
724 static int setup_reloc(void) 724 static int setup_reloc(void)
725 { 725 {
726 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) { 726 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) {
727 debug("Skipping relocation due to flag\n"); 727 debug("Skipping relocation due to flag\n");
728 return 0; 728 return 0;
729 } 729 }
730 730
731 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE 731 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
732 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; 732 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE;
733 #ifdef CONFIG_M68K 733 #ifdef CONFIG_M68K
734 /* 734 /*
735 * On all ColdFire arch cpu, monitor code starts always 735 * On all ColdFire arch cpu, monitor code starts always
736 * just after the default vector table location, so at 0x400 736 * just after the default vector table location, so at 0x400
737 */ 737 */
738 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE + 0x400); 738 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE + 0x400);
739 #endif 739 #endif
740 #endif 740 #endif
741 memcpy(gd->new_gd, (char *)gd, sizeof(gd_t)); 741 memcpy(gd->new_gd, (char *)gd, sizeof(gd_t));
742 742
743 debug("Relocation Offset is: %08lx\n", gd->reloc_off); 743 debug("Relocation Offset is: %08lx\n", gd->reloc_off);
744 debug("Relocating to %08lx, new gd at %08lx, sp at %08lx\n", 744 debug("Relocating to %08lx, new gd at %08lx, sp at %08lx\n",
745 gd->relocaddr, (ulong)map_to_sysmem(gd->new_gd), 745 gd->relocaddr, (ulong)map_to_sysmem(gd->new_gd),
746 gd->start_addr_sp); 746 gd->start_addr_sp);
747 747
748 return 0; 748 return 0;
749 } 749 }
750 750
751 /* ARM calls relocate_code from its crt0.S */ 751 /* ARM calls relocate_code from its crt0.S */
752 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) 752 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX)
753 753
754 static int jump_to_copy(void) 754 static int jump_to_copy(void)
755 { 755 {
756 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) 756 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC)
757 return 0; 757 return 0;
758 /* 758 /*
759 * x86 is special, but in a nice way. It uses a trampoline which 759 * x86 is special, but in a nice way. It uses a trampoline which
760 * enables the dcache if possible. 760 * enables the dcache if possible.
761 * 761 *
762 * For now, other archs use relocate_code(), which is implemented 762 * For now, other archs use relocate_code(), which is implemented
763 * similarly for all archs. When we do generic relocation, hopefully 763 * similarly for all archs. When we do generic relocation, hopefully
764 * we can make all archs enable the dcache prior to relocation. 764 * we can make all archs enable the dcache prior to relocation.
765 */ 765 */
766 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 766 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
767 /* 767 /*
768 * SDRAM and console are now initialised. The final stack can now 768 * SDRAM and console are now initialised. The final stack can now
769 * be setup in SDRAM. Code execution will continue in Flash, but 769 * be setup in SDRAM. Code execution will continue in Flash, but
770 * with the stack in SDRAM and Global Data in temporary memory 770 * with the stack in SDRAM and Global Data in temporary memory
771 * (CPU cache) 771 * (CPU cache)
772 */ 772 */
773 arch_setup_gd(gd->new_gd); 773 arch_setup_gd(gd->new_gd);
774 board_init_f_r_trampoline(gd->start_addr_sp); 774 board_init_f_r_trampoline(gd->start_addr_sp);
775 #else 775 #else
776 relocate_code(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->new_gd, gd->relocaddr); 776 relocate_code(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->new_gd, gd->relocaddr);
777 #endif 777 #endif
778 778
779 return 0; 779 return 0;
780 } 780 }
781 #endif 781 #endif
782 782
783 /* Record the board_init_f() bootstage (after arch_cpu_init()) */ 783 /* Record the board_init_f() bootstage (after arch_cpu_init()) */
784 static int mark_bootstage(void) 784 static int mark_bootstage(void)
785 { 785 {
786 bootstage_mark_name(BOOTSTAGE_ID_START_UBOOT_F, "board_init_f"); 786 bootstage_mark_name(BOOTSTAGE_ID_START_UBOOT_F, "board_init_f");
787 787
788 return 0; 788 return 0;
789 } 789 }
790 790
791 static int initf_console_record(void) 791 static int initf_console_record(void)
792 { 792 {
793 #if defined(CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) 793 #if defined(CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
794 return console_record_init(); 794 return console_record_init();
795 #else 795 #else
796 return 0; 796 return 0;
797 #endif 797 #endif
798 } 798 }
799 799
800 static int initf_dm(void) 800 static int initf_dm(void)
801 { 801 {
802 #if defined(CONFIG_DM) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) 802 #if defined(CONFIG_DM) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
803 int ret; 803 int ret;
804 804
805 ret = dm_init_and_scan(true); 805 ret = dm_init_and_scan(true);
806 if (ret) 806 if (ret)
807 return ret; 807 return ret;
808 #endif 808 #endif
809 #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER_EARLY 809 #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER_EARLY
810 ret = dm_timer_init(); 810 ret = dm_timer_init();
811 if (ret) 811 if (ret)
812 return ret; 812 return ret;
813 #endif 813 #endif
814 814
815 return 0; 815 return 0;
816 } 816 }
817 817
818 /* Architecture-specific memory reservation */ 818 /* Architecture-specific memory reservation */
819 __weak int reserve_arch(void) 819 __weak int reserve_arch(void)
820 { 820 {
821 return 0; 821 return 0;
822 } 822 }
823 823
824 __weak int arch_cpu_init_dm(void) 824 __weak int arch_cpu_init_dm(void)
825 { 825 {
826 return 0; 826 return 0;
827 } 827 }
828 828
829 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f[] = { 829 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f[] = {
830 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 830 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
831 setup_ram_buf, 831 setup_ram_buf,
832 #endif 832 #endif
833 setup_mon_len, 833 setup_mon_len,
834 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 834 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
835 fdtdec_setup, 835 fdtdec_setup,
836 #endif 836 #endif
837 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE 837 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE
838 trace_early_init, 838 trace_early_init,
839 #endif 839 #endif
840 initf_malloc, 840 initf_malloc,
841 initf_console_record, 841 initf_console_record,
842 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC85xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) 842 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC85xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx)
843 /* TODO: can this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ 843 /* TODO: can this go into arch_cpu_init()? */
844 probecpu, 844 probecpu,
845 #endif 845 #endif
846 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) && defined(CONFIG_HAVE_FSP) 846 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) && defined(CONFIG_HAVE_FSP)
847 x86_fsp_init, 847 x86_fsp_init,
848 #endif 848 #endif
849 arch_cpu_init, /* basic arch cpu dependent setup */ 849 arch_cpu_init, /* basic arch cpu dependent setup */
850 initf_dm, 850 initf_dm,
851 arch_cpu_init_dm, 851 arch_cpu_init_dm,
852 mark_bootstage, /* need timer, go after init dm */ 852 mark_bootstage, /* need timer, go after init dm */
853 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F) 853 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F)
854 board_early_init_f, 854 board_early_init_f,
855 #endif 855 #endif
856 /* TODO: can any of this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ 856 /* TODO: can any of this go into arch_cpu_init()? */
857 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) && !defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) 857 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) && !defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT)
858 get_clocks, /* get CPU and bus clocks (etc.) */ 858 get_clocks, /* get CPU and bus clocks (etc.) */
859 #if defined(CONFIG_TQM8xxL) && !defined(CONFIG_TQM866M) \ 859 #if defined(CONFIG_TQM8xxL) && !defined(CONFIG_TQM866M) \
860 && !defined(CONFIG_TQM885D) 860 && !defined(CONFIG_TQM885D)
861 adjust_sdram_tbs_8xx, 861 adjust_sdram_tbs_8xx,
862 #endif 862 #endif
863 /* TODO: can we rename this to timer_init()? */ 863 /* TODO: can we rename this to timer_init()? */
864 init_timebase, 864 init_timebase,
865 #endif 865 #endif
866 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || \ 866 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || \
867 defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ 867 defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \
868 defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 868 defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
869 timer_init, /* initialize timer */ 869 timer_init, /* initialize timer */
870 #endif 870 #endif
871 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ALLOC_DPRAM 871 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ALLOC_DPRAM
872 #if !defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 872 #if !defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
873 dpram_init, 873 dpram_init,
874 #endif 874 #endif
875 #endif 875 #endif
876 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT) 876 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT)
877 board_postclk_init, 877 board_postclk_init,
878 #endif 878 #endif
879 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 879 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
880 get_clocks, 880 get_clocks,
881 #endif 881 #endif
882 env_init, /* initialize environment */ 882 env_init, /* initialize environment */
883 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) 883 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT)
884 /* get CPU and bus clocks according to the environment variable */ 884 /* get CPU and bus clocks according to the environment variable */
885 get_clocks_866, 885 get_clocks_866,
886 /* adjust sdram refresh rate according to the new clock */ 886 /* adjust sdram refresh rate according to the new clock */
887 sdram_adjust_866, 887 sdram_adjust_866,
888 init_timebase, 888 init_timebase,
889 #endif 889 #endif
890 init_baud_rate, /* initialze baudrate settings */ 890 init_baud_rate, /* initialze baudrate settings */
891 serial_init, /* serial communications setup */ 891 serial_init, /* serial communications setup */
892 console_init_f, /* stage 1 init of console */ 892 console_init_f, /* stage 1 init of console */
893 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 893 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
894 sandbox_early_getopt_check, 894 sandbox_early_getopt_check,
895 #endif 895 #endif
896 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 896 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
897 fdtdec_prepare_fdt, 897 fdtdec_prepare_fdt,
898 #endif 898 #endif
899 display_options, /* say that we are here */ 899 display_options, /* say that we are here */
900 display_text_info, /* show debugging info if required */ 900 display_text_info, /* show debugging info if required */
901 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) 901 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC8260)
902 prt_8260_rsr, 902 prt_8260_rsr,
903 prt_8260_clks, 903 prt_8260_clks,
904 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC8260 */ 904 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC8260 */
905 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) 905 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx)
906 prt_83xx_rsr, 906 prt_83xx_rsr,
907 #endif 907 #endif
908 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 908 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
909 checkcpu, 909 checkcpu,
910 #endif 910 #endif
911 print_cpuinfo, /* display cpu info (and speed) */ 911 print_cpuinfo, /* display cpu info (and speed) */
912 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) 912 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx)
913 prt_mpc5xxx_clks, 913 prt_mpc5xxx_clks,
914 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ 914 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */
915 #if defined(CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO) 915 #if defined(CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO)
916 show_board_info, 916 show_board_info,
917 #endif 917 #endif
918 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_INIT 918 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_INIT
919 #if defined(CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F) 919 #if defined(CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F)
920 misc_init_f, 920 misc_init_f,
921 #endif 921 #endif
922 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 922 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
923 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) 923 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)
924 init_func_i2c, 924 init_func_i2c,
925 #endif 925 #endif
926 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) 926 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI)
927 init_func_spi, 927 init_func_spi,
928 #endif 928 #endif
929 announce_dram_init, 929 announce_dram_init,
930 /* TODO: unify all these dram functions? */ 930 /* TODO: unify all these dram functions? */
931 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ 931 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \
932 defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || defined(CONFIG_AVR32) 932 defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || defined(CONFIG_AVR32)
933 dram_init, /* configure available RAM banks */ 933 dram_init, /* configure available RAM banks */
934 #endif 934 #endif
935 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 935 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
936 init_func_ram, 936 init_func_ram,
937 #endif 937 #endif
938 #ifdef CONFIG_POST 938 #ifdef CONFIG_POST
939 post_init_f, 939 post_init_f,
940 #endif 940 #endif
941 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 941 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
942 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST) 942 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST)
943 testdram, 943 testdram,
944 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST */ 944 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST */
945 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 945 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
946 946
947 #ifdef CONFIG_POST 947 #ifdef CONFIG_POST
948 init_post, 948 init_post,
949 #endif 949 #endif
950 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 950 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
951 /* 951 /*
952 * Now that we have DRAM mapped and working, we can 952 * Now that we have DRAM mapped and working, we can
953 * relocate the code and continue running from DRAM. 953 * relocate the code and continue running from DRAM.
954 * 954 *
955 * Reserve memory at end of RAM for (top down in that order): 955 * Reserve memory at end of RAM for (top down in that order):
956 * - area that won't get touched by U-Boot and Linux (optional) 956 * - area that won't get touched by U-Boot and Linux (optional)
957 * - kernel log buffer 957 * - kernel log buffer
958 * - protected RAM 958 * - protected RAM
959 * - LCD framebuffer 959 * - LCD framebuffer
960 * - monitor code 960 * - monitor code
961 * - board info struct 961 * - board info struct
962 */ 962 */
963 setup_dest_addr, 963 setup_dest_addr,
964 #if defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) 964 #if defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN)
965 /* Blackfin u-boot monitor should be on top of the ram */ 965 /* Blackfin u-boot monitor should be on top of the ram */
966 reserve_uboot, 966 reserve_uboot,
967 #endif 967 #endif
968 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 968 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
969 reserve_prom, 969 reserve_prom,
970 #endif 970 #endif
971 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) 971 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR)
972 reserve_logbuffer, 972 reserve_logbuffer,
973 #endif 973 #endif
974 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM 974 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM
975 reserve_pram, 975 reserve_pram,
976 #endif 976 #endif
977 reserve_round_4k, 977 reserve_round_4k,
978 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ 978 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \
979 defined(CONFIG_ARM) 979 defined(CONFIG_ARM)
980 reserve_mmu, 980 reserve_mmu,
981 #endif 981 #endif
982 #ifdef CONFIG_DM_VIDEO 982 #ifdef CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
983 reserve_video, 983 reserve_video,
984 #else 984 #else
985 # ifdef CONFIG_LCD 985 # ifdef CONFIG_LCD
986 reserve_lcd, 986 reserve_lcd,
987 # endif 987 # endif
988 /* TODO: Why the dependency on CONFIG_8xx? */ 988 /* TODO: Why the dependency on CONFIG_8xx? */
989 # if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ 989 # if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \
990 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ 990 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \
991 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) 991 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K)
992 reserve_legacy_video, 992 reserve_legacy_video,
993 # endif 993 # endif
994 #endif /* CONFIG_DM_VIDEO */ 994 #endif /* CONFIG_DM_VIDEO */
995 reserve_trace, 995 reserve_trace,
996 #if !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) 996 #if !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN)
997 reserve_uboot, 997 reserve_uboot,
998 #endif 998 #endif
999 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 999 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
1000 reserve_malloc, 1000 reserve_malloc,
1001 reserve_board, 1001 reserve_board,
1002 #endif 1002 #endif
1003 setup_machine, 1003 setup_machine,
1004 reserve_global_data, 1004 reserve_global_data,
1005 reserve_fdt, 1005 reserve_fdt,
1006 reserve_arch, 1006 reserve_arch,
1007 reserve_stacks, 1007 reserve_stacks,
1008 setup_dram_config, 1008 setup_dram_config,
1009 show_dram_config, 1009 show_dram_config,
1010 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) 1010 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS)
1011 setup_board_part1, 1011 setup_board_part1,
1012 #endif 1012 #endif
1013 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 1013 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
1014 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 1014 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
1015 setup_board_part2, 1015 setup_board_part2,
1016 #endif 1016 #endif
1017 display_new_sp, 1017 display_new_sp,
1018 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO 1018 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO
1019 setup_board_extra, 1019 setup_board_extra,
1020 #endif 1020 #endif
1021 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 1021 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
1022 reloc_fdt, 1022 reloc_fdt,
1023 setup_reloc, 1023 setup_reloc,
1024 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 1024 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
1025 copy_uboot_to_ram, 1025 copy_uboot_to_ram,
1026 clear_bss, 1026 clear_bss,
1027 do_elf_reloc_fixups, 1027 do_elf_reloc_fixups,
1028 #endif 1028 #endif
1029 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) 1029 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX)
1030 jump_to_copy, 1030 jump_to_copy,
1031 #endif 1031 #endif
1032 NULL, 1032 NULL,
1033 }; 1033 };
1034 1034
1035 void board_init_f(ulong boot_flags) 1035 void board_init_f(ulong boot_flags)
1036 { 1036 {
1037 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA 1037 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
1038 /* 1038 /*
1039 * For some archtectures, global data is initialized and used before 1039 * For some archtectures, global data is initialized and used before
1040 * calling this function. The data should be preserved. For others, 1040 * calling this function. The data should be preserved. For others,
1041 * CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA should be defined and use the stack 1041 * CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA should be defined and use the stack
1042 * here to host global data until relocation. 1042 * here to host global data until relocation.
1043 */ 1043 */
1044 gd_t data; 1044 gd_t data;
1045 1045
1046 gd = &data; 1046 gd = &data;
1047 1047
1048 /* 1048 /*
1049 * Clear global data before it is accessed at debug print 1049 * Clear global data before it is accessed at debug print
1050 * in initcall_run_list. Otherwise the debug print probably 1050 * in initcall_run_list. Otherwise the debug print probably
1051 * get the wrong vaule of gd->have_console. 1051 * get the wrong vaule of gd->have_console.
1052 */ 1052 */
1053 zero_global_data(); 1053 zero_global_data();
1054 #endif 1054 #endif
1055 1055
1056 gd->flags = boot_flags; 1056 gd->flags = boot_flags;
1057 gd->have_console = 0; 1057 gd->have_console = 0;
1058 1058
1059 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f)) 1059 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f))
1060 hang(); 1060 hang();
1061 1061
1062 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && \ 1062 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && \
1063 !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) 1063 !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
1064 /* NOTREACHED - jump_to_copy() does not return */ 1064 /* NOTREACHED - jump_to_copy() does not return */
1065 hang(); 1065 hang();
1066 #endif 1066 #endif
1067 } 1067 }
1068 1068
1069 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 1069 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
1070 /* 1070 /*
1071 * For now this code is only used on x86. 1071 * For now this code is only used on x86.
1072 * 1072 *
1073 * init_sequence_f_r is the list of init functions which are run when 1073 * init_sequence_f_r is the list of init functions which are run when
1074 * U-Boot is executing from Flash with a semi-limited 'C' environment. 1074 * U-Boot is executing from Flash with a semi-limited 'C' environment.
1075 * The following limitations must be considered when implementing an 1075 * The following limitations must be considered when implementing an
1076 * '_f_r' function: 1076 * '_f_r' function:
1077 * - 'static' variables are read-only 1077 * - 'static' variables are read-only
1078 * - Global Data (gd->xxx) is read/write 1078 * - Global Data (gd->xxx) is read/write
1079 * 1079 *
1080 * The '_f_r' sequence must, as a minimum, copy U-Boot to RAM (if 1080 * The '_f_r' sequence must, as a minimum, copy U-Boot to RAM (if
1081 * supported). It _should_, if possible, copy global data to RAM and 1081 * supported). It _should_, if possible, copy global data to RAM and
1082 * initialise the CPU caches (to speed up the relocation process) 1082 * initialise the CPU caches (to speed up the relocation process)
1083 * 1083 *
1084 * NOTE: At present only x86 uses this route, but it is intended that 1084 * NOTE: At present only x86 uses this route, but it is intended that
1085 * all archs will move to this when generic relocation is implemented. 1085 * all archs will move to this when generic relocation is implemented.
1086 */ 1086 */
1087 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f_r[] = { 1087 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f_r[] = {
1088 init_cache_f_r, 1088 init_cache_f_r,
1089 1089
1090 NULL, 1090 NULL,
1091 }; 1091 };
1092 1092
1093 void board_init_f_r(void) 1093 void board_init_f_r(void)
1094 { 1094 {
1095 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f_r)) 1095 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f_r))
1096 hang(); 1096 hang();
1097 1097
1098 /* 1098 /*
1099 * The pre-relocation drivers may be using memory that has now gone 1099 * The pre-relocation drivers may be using memory that has now gone
1100 * away. Mark serial as unavailable - this will fall back to the debug 1100 * away. Mark serial as unavailable - this will fall back to the debug
1101 * UART if available. 1101 * UART if available.
1102 */ 1102 */
1103 gd->flags &= ~GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY; 1103 gd->flags &= ~GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY;
1104 1104
1105 /* 1105 /*
1106 * U-Boot has been copied into SDRAM, the BSS has been cleared etc. 1106 * U-Boot has been copied into SDRAM, the BSS has been cleared etc.
1107 * Transfer execution from Flash to RAM by calculating the address 1107 * Transfer execution from Flash to RAM by calculating the address
1108 * of the in-RAM copy of board_init_r() and calling it 1108 * of the in-RAM copy of board_init_r() and calling it
1109 */ 1109 */
1110 (board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)((gd_t *)gd, gd->relocaddr); 1110 (board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)((gd_t *)gd, gd->relocaddr);
1111 1111
1112 /* NOTREACHED - board_init_r() does not return */ 1112 /* NOTREACHED - board_init_r() does not return */
1113 hang(); 1113 hang();
1114 } 1114 }
1115 #endif /* CONFIG_X86 */ 1115 #endif /* CONFIG_X86 */
1116 1116
include/asm-generic/global_data.h
Diff comments   View file @ e61a753
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright (c) 2012 The Chromium OS Authors. 2 * Copyright (c) 2012 The Chromium OS Authors.
3 * (C) Copyright 2002-2010 3 * (C) Copyright 2002-2010
4 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 4 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
5 * 5 *
6 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 6 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
7 */ 7 */
8 8
9 #ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_GBL_DATA_H 9 #ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_GBL_DATA_H
10 #define __ASM_GENERIC_GBL_DATA_H 10 #define __ASM_GENERIC_GBL_DATA_H
11 /* 11 /*
12 * The following data structure is placed in some memory which is 12 * The following data structure is placed in some memory which is
13 * available very early after boot (like DPRAM on MPC8xx/MPC82xx, or 13 * available very early after boot (like DPRAM on MPC8xx/MPC82xx, or
14 * some locked parts of the data cache) to allow for a minimum set of 14 * some locked parts of the data cache) to allow for a minimum set of
15 * global variables during system initialization (until we have set 15 * global variables during system initialization (until we have set
16 * up the memory controller so that we can use RAM). 16 * up the memory controller so that we can use RAM).
17 * 17 *
18 * Keep it *SMALL* and remember to set GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE > sizeof(gd_t) 18 * Keep it *SMALL* and remember to set GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE > sizeof(gd_t)
19 * 19 *
20 * Each architecture has its own private fields. For now all are private 20 * Each architecture has its own private fields. For now all are private
21 */ 21 */
22 22
23 #ifndef __ASSEMBLY__ 23 #ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
24 #include <membuff.h> 24 #include <membuff.h>
25 #include <linux/list.h> 25 #include <linux/list.h>
26 26
27 typedef struct global_data { 27 typedef struct global_data {
28 bd_t *bd; 28 bd_t *bd;
29 unsigned long flags; 29 unsigned long flags;
30 unsigned int baudrate; 30 unsigned int baudrate;
31 unsigned long cpu_clk; /* CPU clock in Hz! */ 31 unsigned long cpu_clk; /* CPU clock in Hz! */
32 unsigned long bus_clk; 32 unsigned long bus_clk;
33 /* We cannot bracket this with CONFIG_PCI due to mpc5xxx */ 33 /* We cannot bracket this with CONFIG_PCI due to mpc5xxx */
34 unsigned long pci_clk; 34 unsigned long pci_clk;
35 unsigned long mem_clk; 35 unsigned long mem_clk;
36 #if defined(CONFIG_LCD) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) 36 #if defined(CONFIG_LCD) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO)
37 unsigned long fb_base; /* Base address of framebuffer mem */ 37 unsigned long fb_base; /* Base address of framebuffer mem */
38 #endif 38 #endif
39 #if defined(CONFIG_POST) || defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) 39 #if defined(CONFIG_POST) || defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER)
40 unsigned long post_log_word; /* Record POST activities */ 40 unsigned long post_log_word; /* Record POST activities */
41 unsigned long post_log_res; /* success of POST test */ 41 unsigned long post_log_res; /* success of POST test */
42 unsigned long post_init_f_time; /* When post_init_f started */ 42 unsigned long post_init_f_time; /* When post_init_f started */
43 #endif 43 #endif
44 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES 44 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES
45 unsigned long board_type; 45 unsigned long board_type;
46 #endif 46 #endif
47 unsigned long have_console; /* serial_init() was called */ 47 unsigned long have_console; /* serial_init() was called */
48 #ifdef CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER 48 #ifdef CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER
49 unsigned long precon_buf_idx; /* Pre-Console buffer index */ 49 unsigned long precon_buf_idx; /* Pre-Console buffer index */
50 #endif 50 #endif
51 unsigned long env_addr; /* Address of Environment struct */ 51 unsigned long env_addr; /* Address of Environment struct */
52 unsigned long env_valid; /* Checksum of Environment valid? */ 52 unsigned long env_valid; /* Checksum of Environment valid? */
53 53
54 unsigned long ram_top; /* Top address of RAM used by U-Boot */ 54 unsigned long ram_top; /* Top address of RAM used by U-Boot */
55 55
56 unsigned long relocaddr; /* Start address of U-Boot in RAM */ 56 unsigned long relocaddr; /* Start address of U-Boot in RAM */
57 phys_size_t ram_size; /* RAM size */ 57 phys_size_t ram_size; /* RAM size */
58 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
59 #define MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_SECURED 0x1
60 #define MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_MAINTAINED 0x2
61 #define MEM_RESERVE_SECURE_ADDR_MASK (~0x3)
62 /*
63 * Secure memory addr
64 * This variable needs maintenance if the RAM base is not zero,
65 * or if RAM splits into non-consecutive banks. It also has a
66 * flag indicating the secure memory is marked as secure by MMU.
67 * Flags used: 0x1 secured
68 * 0x2 maintained
69 */
70 phys_addr_t secure_ram;
71 #endif
72 unsigned long mon_len; /* monitor len */ 58 unsigned long mon_len; /* monitor len */
73 unsigned long irq_sp; /* irq stack pointer */ 59 unsigned long irq_sp; /* irq stack pointer */
74 unsigned long start_addr_sp; /* start_addr_stackpointer */ 60 unsigned long start_addr_sp; /* start_addr_stackpointer */
75 unsigned long reloc_off; 61 unsigned long reloc_off;
76 struct global_data *new_gd; /* relocated global data */ 62 struct global_data *new_gd; /* relocated global data */
77 63
78 #ifdef CONFIG_DM 64 #ifdef CONFIG_DM
79 struct udevice *dm_root; /* Root instance for Driver Model */ 65 struct udevice *dm_root; /* Root instance for Driver Model */
80 struct udevice *dm_root_f; /* Pre-relocation root instance */ 66 struct udevice *dm_root_f; /* Pre-relocation root instance */
81 struct list_head uclass_root; /* Head of core tree */ 67 struct list_head uclass_root; /* Head of core tree */
82 #endif 68 #endif
83 #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER 69 #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER
84 struct udevice *timer; /* Timer instance for Driver Model */ 70 struct udevice *timer; /* Timer instance for Driver Model */
85 #endif 71 #endif
86 72
87 const void *fdt_blob; /* Our device tree, NULL if none */ 73 const void *fdt_blob; /* Our device tree, NULL if none */
88 void *new_fdt; /* Relocated FDT */ 74 void *new_fdt; /* Relocated FDT */
89 unsigned long fdt_size; /* Space reserved for relocated FDT */ 75 unsigned long fdt_size; /* Space reserved for relocated FDT */
90 struct jt_funcs *jt; /* jump table */ 76 struct jt_funcs *jt; /* jump table */
91 char env_buf[32]; /* buffer for getenv() before reloc. */ 77 char env_buf[32]; /* buffer for getenv() before reloc. */
92 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE 78 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE
93 void *trace_buff; /* The trace buffer */ 79 void *trace_buff; /* The trace buffer */
94 #endif 80 #endif
95 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) 81 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)
96 int cur_i2c_bus; /* current used i2c bus */ 82 int cur_i2c_bus; /* current used i2c bus */
97 #endif 83 #endif
98 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 84 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
99 void *srdata[10]; 85 void *srdata[10];
100 #endif 86 #endif
101 unsigned long timebase_h; 87 unsigned long timebase_h;
102 unsigned long timebase_l; 88 unsigned long timebase_l;
103 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN 89 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
104 unsigned long malloc_base; /* base address of early malloc() */ 90 unsigned long malloc_base; /* base address of early malloc() */
105 unsigned long malloc_limit; /* limit address */ 91 unsigned long malloc_limit; /* limit address */
106 unsigned long malloc_ptr; /* current address */ 92 unsigned long malloc_ptr; /* current address */
107 #endif 93 #endif
108 #ifdef CONFIG_PCI 94 #ifdef CONFIG_PCI
109 struct pci_controller *hose; /* PCI hose for early use */ 95 struct pci_controller *hose; /* PCI hose for early use */
110 phys_addr_t pci_ram_top; /* top of region accessible to PCI */ 96 phys_addr_t pci_ram_top; /* top of region accessible to PCI */
111 #endif 97 #endif
112 #ifdef CONFIG_PCI_BOOTDELAY 98 #ifdef CONFIG_PCI_BOOTDELAY
113 int pcidelay_done; 99 int pcidelay_done;
114 #endif 100 #endif
115 struct udevice *cur_serial_dev; /* current serial device */ 101 struct udevice *cur_serial_dev; /* current serial device */
116 struct arch_global_data arch; /* architecture-specific data */ 102 struct arch_global_data arch; /* architecture-specific data */
117 #ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD 103 #ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD
118 struct membuff console_out; /* console output */ 104 struct membuff console_out; /* console output */
119 struct membuff console_in; /* console input */ 105 struct membuff console_in; /* console input */
120 #endif 106 #endif
121 #ifdef CONFIG_DM_VIDEO 107 #ifdef CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
122 ulong video_top; /* Top of video frame buffer area */ 108 ulong video_top; /* Top of video frame buffer area */
123 ulong video_bottom; /* Bottom of video frame buffer area */ 109 ulong video_bottom; /* Bottom of video frame buffer area */
124 #endif 110 #endif
125 } gd_t; 111 } gd_t;
126 #endif 112 #endif
127 113
128 /* 114 /*
129 * Global Data Flags - the top 16 bits are reserved for arch-specific flags 115 * Global Data Flags - the top 16 bits are reserved for arch-specific flags
130 */ 116 */
131 #define GD_FLG_RELOC 0x00001 /* Code was relocated to RAM */ 117 #define GD_FLG_RELOC 0x00001 /* Code was relocated to RAM */
132 #define GD_FLG_DEVINIT 0x00002 /* Devices have been initialized */ 118 #define GD_FLG_DEVINIT 0x00002 /* Devices have been initialized */
133 #define GD_FLG_SILENT 0x00004 /* Silent mode */ 119 #define GD_FLG_SILENT 0x00004 /* Silent mode */
134 #define GD_FLG_POSTFAIL 0x00008 /* Critical POST test failed */ 120 #define GD_FLG_POSTFAIL 0x00008 /* Critical POST test failed */
135 #define GD_FLG_POSTSTOP 0x00010 /* POST seqeunce aborted */ 121 #define GD_FLG_POSTSTOP 0x00010 /* POST seqeunce aborted */
136 #define GD_FLG_LOGINIT 0x00020 /* Log Buffer has been initialized */ 122 #define GD_FLG_LOGINIT 0x00020 /* Log Buffer has been initialized */
137 #define GD_FLG_DISABLE_CONSOLE 0x00040 /* Disable console (in & out) */ 123 #define GD_FLG_DISABLE_CONSOLE 0x00040 /* Disable console (in & out) */
138 #define GD_FLG_ENV_READY 0x00080 /* Env. imported into hash table */ 124 #define GD_FLG_ENV_READY 0x00080 /* Env. imported into hash table */
139 #define GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY 0x00100 /* Pre-reloc serial console ready */ 125 #define GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY 0x00100 /* Pre-reloc serial console ready */
140 #define GD_FLG_FULL_MALLOC_INIT 0x00200 /* Full malloc() is ready */ 126 #define GD_FLG_FULL_MALLOC_INIT 0x00200 /* Full malloc() is ready */
141 #define GD_FLG_SPL_INIT 0x00400 /* spl_init() has been called */ 127 #define GD_FLG_SPL_INIT 0x00400 /* spl_init() has been called */
142 #define GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC 0x00800 /* Don't relocate */ 128 #define GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC 0x00800 /* Don't relocate */
143 #define GD_FLG_RECORD 0x01000 /* Record console */ 129 #define GD_FLG_RECORD 0x01000 /* Record console */
144 #define GD_FLG_ENV_DEFAULT 0x02000 /* Default variable flag */ 130 #define GD_FLG_ENV_DEFAULT 0x02000 /* Default variable flag */
145 131
146 #endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_GBL_DATA_H */ 132 #endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_GBL_DATA_H */
147 133